Move to lclint-3.0.0.15, revisit and clean up annotations.

intl/: Add gettext orphans. popt/intl/: Add gettext orphans. beecrypt: Add beecrypt repository. rpmio/tdigest.c: Add beecrypt digest checks. CVS patchset: 5077 CVS date: 2001/09/24 21:53:14
author: jbj <devnull@localhost> 2001-09-24 21:53:14 +0000
committer: jbj <devnull@localhost> 2001-09-24 21:53:14 +0000
commit: 9d555b6216692deeb97eb821e42716a7cd529ae0 (patch)
tree: 047af9e929f71681dbdf00af8d7b3bbe23cbfcc1
parent: 76b20cd2f4ebd499766aec27f62089690ac1d073 (diff)
download: rpm-9d555b6216692deeb97eb821e42716a7cd529ae0.tar.gz
61 files changed, 8763 insertions, 377 deletions
diff --git a/.lclintrc b/.lclintrc
index d58dc131d..3d492e265 100644
--- a/.lclintrc
+++ b/.lclintrc
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
--I. -I./build -I./lib -I./rpmdb -I./rpmio -I./popt -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -D_GNU_SOURCE
+-I. -I./build -I./lib -I./rpmdb -I./rpmio -I./popt -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -D_GNU_SOURCE -D_REENTRANT
 
 #+partial
 #+forcehints
@@ -15,29 +15,29 @@
 +checks			# lclint level
 
 # --- lclint-3.0.0.15 is pickier than lclint-2.5r
-#-formatconst
+-usedef			# 296 occurences in 3.0.0.15
+#-formatconst		# new in 3.0.0.15
+#-unsignedcompare	# new in 3.0.0.15
+#-multithreaded		# new in 3.0.0.15
+#-bufferoverflowhigh	# new in 3.0.0.15
+#-superuser		# new in 3.0.0.15
+#-portability		# new in 3.0.0.15
 #-compdef
 #-nullstate
--usedef			# 296 occurences wtfo?
-#-unsignedcompare
 #-compmempass
-#-multithreaded
-#-nullderef		# 6 occurences in getdate.y
+#-nullderef
 #-nullpass
 #-unrecog
-#-portability
-#-readonlytrans		# 128 occurences in getdate.y
+#-readonlytrans	
 #-noparams
--usereleased		# 3 occurences wtfo?
+#-usereleased
 #-firstcase
 #-shadow
-#-bufferoverflowhigh
-#-superuser
 #-retvalint
 #-incondefs
 #-nullptrarith
 #-fcnuse
--fielduse		# noisy in 3.0.0.15
+#-fielduse
 #-varuse
 #-exportlocal
 #-exportheadervar
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 #+ifblock
 #+noeffectuncon		# 228 occurences
 +topuse
-#+unusedspecial
++unusedspecial
 +oldstyle
 #+sys-dir-errors	# 749
 #controlnestdepth 15
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 -ansi-reserved		# goofy
 -infloopsuncon		# goofy
 
--proto-param-match	# 59 occurences
+-proto-param-match	# 51 occurences
 
 # don't-bother-me-yet parameters
 -branchstate		# painful
diff --git a/build/parseScript.c b/build/parseScript.c
index ee24c93cb..6f6917c1e 100644
--- a/build/parseScript.c
+++ b/build/parseScript.c
@@ -26,11 +26,10 @@ static int addTriggerIndex(Package pkg, const char *file,
 	list = list->next;
     }
 
-    if (last) {
+    if (last)
 	index = last->index + 1;
-    }
 
-    tfe = xmalloc(sizeof(*tfe));
+    tfe = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*tfe));
 
     tfe->fileName = (file) ? xstrdup(file) : NULL;
     tfe->script = (script && *script != '\0') ? xstrdup(script) : NULL;
@@ -38,11 +37,10 @@ static int addTriggerIndex(Package pkg, const char *file,
     tfe->index = index;
     tfe->next = NULL;
 
-    if (last) {
+    if (last)
 	last->next = tfe;
-    } else {
+    else
 	pkg->triggerFiles = tfe;
-    }
 
     return index;
 }
diff --git a/build/parseSpec.c b/build/parseSpec.c
index a1ac61b40..c86ed66ee 100644
--- a/build/parseSpec.c
+++ b/build/parseSpec.c
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ fprintf(stderr, "*** PS buildRootURL(%s) %p macro set to %s\n", spec->buildRootU
 
 	    closeSpec(spec);
 
-	    spec->BASpecs = xmalloc(spec->BACount * sizeof(Spec));
+	    spec->BASpecs = xcalloc(spec->BACount, sizeof(Spec));
 	    index = 0;
 	    if (spec->BANames != NULL)
 	    for (x = 0; x < spec->BACount; x++) {
@@ -484,6 +484,7 @@ fprintf(stderr, "*** PS buildRootURL(%s) %p macro set to %s\n", spec->buildRootU
 #else
 		addMacro(NULL, "_target_cpu", NULL, spec->BANames[x], RMIL_RPMRC);
 #endif
+		spec->BASpecs[index] = NULL;
 		if (parseSpec(&(spec->BASpecs[index]),
 				  specFile, spec->rootURL, buildRootURL, 1,
 				  passPhrase, cookie, anyarch, force))
diff --git a/build/spec.c b/build/spec.c
index c7bfcf44b..f6c1882cf 100644
--- a/build/spec.c
+++ b/build/spec.c
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Package newPackage(Spec spec)
     Package p;
     Package pp;
 
-    p = xmalloc(sizeof(*p));
+    p = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*p));
 
     p->header = headerNew();
     p->icon = NULL;
diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..d6f369558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SJIS                      hpux osf solaris freebsd
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SJIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac
diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8456550d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1257 @@
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+    ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+     setting of `local'.''
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
+   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+   those using GNU C Library).  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+   are stored.  */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+  /* Domain in which to search.  */
+  char *domainname;
+
+  /* The category.  */
+  int category;
+
+  /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found.  */
+  int counter;
+
+  /* Catalog where the string was found.  */
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+  /* And finally the translation.  */
+  const char *translation;
+  size_t translation_length;
+
+  /* Pointer to the string in question.  */
+  char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations.  We can use this
+   only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family.  */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations.  */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+     const void *p1;
+     const void *p2;
+{
+  const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+  const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+  int result;
+
+  s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+  s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+  result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+      if (result == 0)
+	/* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+	   operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+	   LC_MESSAGES).  */
+	result = s1->category - s2->category;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+   calls.  */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+				    unsigned long int n,
+				    const char *translation,
+				    size_t translation_len))
+     internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n))
+     internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+						 const char *categoryname))
+     internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations.  */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+  struct transmem_list *next;
+  char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+   easier methods therefore we make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+#  define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+#  define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+#  define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+#  define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+  if (enable_secure == 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ())		      \
+	enable_secure = 1;						      \
+      else								      \
+	enable_secure = -1;						      \
+    }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+   depending on the plural form determined by N.  */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+  struct binding *binding;
+  const char *categoryname;
+  const char *categoryvalue;
+  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+  char *single_locale;
+  char *retval;
+  size_t retlen;
+  int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  struct known_translation_t *search;
+  struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+  size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+  size_t domainname_len;
+
+  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
+  if (msgid1 == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
+     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+     definition left this undefined.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+  /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+     some time.  */
+  search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+	   alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+  memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+  search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+  search->category = category;
+
+  foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+  if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+    {
+      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+      if (plural)
+	retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+				(*foundp)->translation_length);
+      else
+	retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+      return retval;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Preserve the `errno' value.  */
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not.  */
+  DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+  /* First find matching binding.  */
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding == NULL)
+    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+  else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+    dirname = binding->dirname;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
+      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+      size_t path_max;
+      char *ret;
+
+      path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+	  __set_errno (0);
+	  ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+	  if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+	    break;
+
+	  path_max += path_max / 2;
+	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
+	}
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
+	     error but simply return the default string.  */
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
+  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+  domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+				 + domainname_len + 5);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+  stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+		  domainname, domainname_len),
+	  ".mo");
+
+  /* Creating working area.  */
+  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
+     got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
+      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+	++categoryvalue;
+      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
+	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+	     will take place.  */
+	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
+	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *cp = single_locale;
+	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+	  *cp = '\0';
+
+	  /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+	     outside the dedicated directories.  */
+	  if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+	    /* Ingore this entry.  */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
+      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+
+      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
+      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+      if (domain != NULL)
+	{
+	  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+	  if (retval == NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt;
+
+	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+					 msgid1, &retlen);
+
+		  if (retval != NULL)
+		    {
+		      domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (retval != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+		 starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes.  */
+	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+	      if (foundp == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree.  */
+		  struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+		  newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+		    malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+			    + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+		  if (newp != NULL)
+		    {
+		      newp->domainname =
+			mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+		      memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+		      newp->category = category;
+		      newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		      newp->domain = domain;
+		      newp->translation = retval;
+		      newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+		      /* Insert the entry in the search tree.  */
+		      foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+			tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+		      if (foundp == NULL
+			  || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+			/* The insert failed.  */
+			free (newp);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We can update the existing entry.  */
+		  (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		  (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+		  (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+		  (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+		}
+#endif
+	      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+	      if (plural)
+		retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+	      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	      return retval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+     const char *msgid;
+     size_t *lengthp;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  size_t act;
+  char *result;
+  size_t resultlen;
+
+  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
+  if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Use the hashing table.  */
+      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+	  if (nstr == 0)
+	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+	     We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+	     are represented by strings with an embedded NUL.  */
+	  if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+	      && (strcmp (msgid,
+			  domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					    domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+		  == 0))
+	    {
+	      act = nstr - 1;
+	      goto found;
+	    }
+
+	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+	  else
+	    idx += incr;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Try the default method:  binary search in the sorted array of
+	 messages.  */
+      size_t top, bottom;
+
+      bottom = 0;
+      top = domain->nstrings;
+      while (bottom < top)
+	{
+	  int cmp_val;
+
+	  act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+	  cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+				    + W (domain->must_swap,
+					 domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+	  if (cmp_val < 0)
+	    top = act;
+	  else if (cmp_val > 0)
+	    bottom = act + 1;
+	  else
+	    goto found;
+	}
+      /* No translation was found.  */
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+ found:
+  /* The translation was found at index ACT.  If we have to convert the
+     string to use a different character set, this is the time.  */
+  result = ((char *) domain->data
+	    + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+  resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->codeset_cntr
+      != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+    {
+      /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+	 since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed.  We
+	 have to reinitialize the converter.  */
+      _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+      _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+    }
+
+  if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+      domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+#  endif
+# endif
+      )
+    {
+      /* We are supposed to do a conversion.  First allocate an
+	 appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+	 of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+	 to the converted strings in.
+	 There is a slight complication with plural entries.  They
+	 are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings.  We
+	 handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+	 NULs.  */
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+	  && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+						    sizeof (char *)))
+	      == NULL))
+	/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table.  */
+	domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+	/* Nothing we can do, no more memory.  */
+	goto converted;
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+	     translated yet.  Do this now.  */
+	  /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+	     We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+	     time.  This is faster than many small allocations.   */
+	  __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE	4080
+	  static unsigned char *freemem;
+	  static size_t freemem_size;
+
+	  const unsigned char *inbuf;
+	  unsigned char *outbuf;
+	  int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+	  transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+	  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+	  inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+	  outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+	  malloc_count = 0;
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      size_t non_reversible;
+	      int res;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+			     &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+			     &outbuf,
+			     outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+			     &non_reversible);
+
+	      if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+		break;
+
+	      if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+	      inbuf = result;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	      const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+	      size_t inleft = resultlen;
+	      char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+	      size_t outleft;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+	      if (iconv (domain->conv,
+			 (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+			 &outptr, &outleft)
+		  != (size_t) (-1))
+		{
+		  outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (errno != E2BIG)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	    resize_freemem:
+	      /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one.  */
+	      if (malloc_count > 0)
+		{
+		  ++malloc_count;
+		  freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+							 freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  if (newmem != NULL)
+		    transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+		      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		      free (old);
+		    }
+# endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  malloc_count = 1;
+		  freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+		}
+	      if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  freemem = NULL;
+		  freemem_size = 0;
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+                 at some point.  */
+	      newmem->next = transmem_list;
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+
+	      freemem = newmem->data;
+	      freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+	      freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+	      outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have now in our buffer a converted string.  Put this
+	     into the table of conversions.  */
+	  *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+	  domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+	  /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned.  */
+	  freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+	  freemem = outbuf;
+	  freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+	  freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+	  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+	}
+
+      /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+	 the plural variants.  */
+      result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+      resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+    }
+
+ converted:
+  /* The result string is converted.  */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+  *lengthp = resultlen;
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant.  */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     const char *translation;
+     size_t translation_len;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+  unsigned long int index;
+  const char *p;
+
+  index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+  if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+    /* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression and the
+       given maximum value do not match.  */
+    index = 0;
+
+  /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION.  */
+  p = translation;
+  while (index-- > 0)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+      p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+      /* And skip over the NUL byte.  */
+      p++;
+
+      if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+	/* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression
+	   evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+	   available for MSGID1.  */
+	return (char *) translation;
+    }
+  return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+     struct expression *pexp;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+     int category;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+  case LC_COLLATE:
+    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+  case LC_CTYPE:
+    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+  case LC_MONETARY:
+    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+  case LC_NUMERIC:
+    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+  case LC_TIME:
+    retval = "LC_TIME";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+  case LC_MESSAGES:
+    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+  case LC_RESPONSE:
+    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+  case LC_ALL:
+    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+       value.  */
+    retval = "LC_ALL";
+    break;
+#endif
+  default:
+    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
+    retval = "LC_XXX";
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *language;
+  const char *retval;
+
+  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+     variable.  But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+     locale is the C locale.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+  language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+  if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+    language = NULL;
+
+  /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+     `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some systems this can be done by the
+     `setlocale' function itself.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+      retval = getenv (categoryname);
+      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
+	       implementation defined.  */
+	    return "C";
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+     void *dest;
+     const void *src;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+   program's end.  */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  void *old;
+
+  while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+    {
+      struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+      _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+      if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+	free (oldp->dirname);
+      free (oldp->codeset);
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
+    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+  /* Remove the search tree with the known translations.  */
+  __tdestroy (root, free);
+  root = NULL;
+
+  while (transmem_list != NULL)
+    {
+      old = transmem_list;
+      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+      free (old);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5da25775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..79aaa9ae6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..577001a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
+   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+				 int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid)							      \
+  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
+  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
+  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22e09e410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#ifndef WIN32
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48940f745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/locale.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokm�l		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+fran�ais	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b1fa02f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81913356c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/plural.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1325 @@
+
+/*  A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+    by GNU Bison version 1.28  */
+
+#define YYBISON 1  /* Identify Bison output.  */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define	EQUOP2	257
+#define	CMPOP2	258
+#define	ADDOP2	259
+#define	MULOP2	260
+#define	NUMBER	261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define	YYFINAL		27
+#define	YYFLAG		-32768
+#define	YYNTBASE	16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = {     0,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,    10,     2,     2,     2,     2,     5,     2,    14,
+    15,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    12,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     3,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    13,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     4,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     6,     7,     8,     9,
+    11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = {     0,
+     0,     2,     8,    12,    16,    20,    24,    28,    32,    35,
+    37,    39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = {    17,
+     0,    17,     3,    17,    12,    17,     0,    17,     4,    17,
+     0,    17,     5,    17,     0,    17,     6,    17,     0,    17,
+     7,    17,     0,    17,     8,    17,     0,    17,     9,    17,
+     0,    10,    17,     0,    13,     0,    11,     0,    14,    17,
+    15,     0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+   177,   185,   189,   193,   197,   201,   205,   209,   213,   217,
+   221,   226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = {   "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = {     0,
+    16,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,
+    17,    17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = {     0,
+     1,     5,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     2,     1,
+     1,     3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = {     0,
+     0,    11,    10,     0,     1,     9,     0,     0,     0,     0,
+     0,     0,     0,     0,    12,     0,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     0,     2,     0,     0,     0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = {    25,
+     5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = {    -9,
+    -9,-32768,-32768,    -9,    34,-32768,    11,    -9,    -9,    -9,
+    -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,-32768,    24,    39,    43,    16,    26,
+    -3,-32768,    -9,    34,    21,    53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+    -1
+};
+
+
+#define	YYLAST		53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = {     6,
+     1,     2,     7,     3,     4,    14,    16,    17,    18,    19,
+    20,    21,    22,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
+    26,    24,    12,    13,    14,    15,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,    13,    14,    23,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    11,    12,
+    13,    14,    27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = {     1,
+    10,    11,     4,    13,    14,     9,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,     3,     4,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,
+     0,    23,     7,     8,     9,    15,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     9,     8,     9,    12,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     9,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,     6,     7,
+     8,     9,     0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28.  */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+  when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+  It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+  used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C.  */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C.  */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+   since that symbol is in the user namespace.  */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+	 instead, just don't use alloca.  */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+   So I turned it off.   rms, 2 May 1997.  */
+/* #include <malloc.h>  */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+		 and on HPUX 10.  Eventually we can turn this on.  */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+   It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+   as one case of the switch.  */
+
+#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY		-2
+#define YYEOF		0
+#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+   This remains here temporarily to ease the
+   transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
+#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do								\
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
+    { yychar = (token), yylval = (value);			\
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
+      YYPOPSTACK;						\
+      goto yybackup;						\
+    }								\
+  else								\
+    { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; }	\
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR	1
+#define YYERRCODE	256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX		yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int	yychar;			/*  the lookahead symbol		*/
+YYSTYPE	yylval;			/*  the semantic value of the		*/
+				/*  lookahead symbol			*/
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc;			/*  location data for the lookahead	*/
+				/*  symbol				*/
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs;			/*  number of parse errors so far       */
+#endif  /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug;			/*  nonzero means print parse trace	*/
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+   from coexisting.  */
+#endif
+
+/*  YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks	*/
+
+#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/*  YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+    (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used).  */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+/* Define __yy_memcpy.  Note that the size argument
+   should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+   definitions require.  With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+   of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1		/* GNU C and GNU C++ define this.  */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)	__builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else				/* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+     char *to;
+     char *from;
+     unsigned int count;
+{
+  register char *f = from;
+  register char *t = to;
+  register int i = count;
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+  register char *t = to;
+  register char *f = from;
+  register int i = count;
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
+   It should actually point to an object.
+   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+   to the proper pointer type.  */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  register int yystate;
+  register int yyn;
+  register short *yyssp;
+  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+  int yyerrstatus;	/*  number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+  int yychar1 = 0;		/*  lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the state stack			*/
+  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the semantic value stack		*/
+
+  short *yyss = yyssa;		/*  refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;	/*  to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the location stack			*/
+  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+  int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+  int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+  int yychar;
+  YYSTYPE yylval;
+  int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  YYSTYPE yyval;		/*  the variable used to return		*/
+				/*  semantic values from the action	*/
+				/*  routines				*/
+
+  int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+  yystate = 0;
+  yyerrstatus = 0;
+  yynerrs = 0;
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
+
+  /* Initialize stack pointers.
+     Waste one element of value and location stack
+     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
+
+  yyssp = yyss - 1;
+  yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in  yystate  .  */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+   have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
+yynewstate:
+
+  *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+    {
+      /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+      /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+      YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+      short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+      /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+	 the data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+	 but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		 &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+		 &yystacksize);
+#else
+      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		 &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+      yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+	{
+	  yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+	  if (yyfree_stacks)
+	    {
+	      free (yyss);
+	      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+	      free (yyls);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  return 2;
+	}
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+      yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+      yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+      yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+      yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+	YYABORT;
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+  goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+     or a valid token in external form.  */
+
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+      yychar = YYLEX;
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
+    {
+      yychar1 = 0;
+      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+	     of a token, for further debugging info.  */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+	  fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  yyn += yychar1;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+       just return success.
+     0, or most negative number => error.  */
+
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (yychar != YYEOF)
+    yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state.  */
+yydefault:
+
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction.  yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+yyreduce:
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+  if (yylen > 0)
+    yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+	       yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
+      for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+  switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+}
+   /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+  yyvsp -= yylen;
+  yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp++;
+  if (yylen == 0)
+    {
+      yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+      yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+      yylsp->text = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+     Determine what state that goes to,
+     based on the state we popped back to
+     and the rule number reduced by.  */
+
+  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+    yystate = yytable[yystate];
+  else
+    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab:   /* here on detecting error */
+
+  if (! yyerrstatus)
+    /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+	{
+	  int size = 0;
+	  char *msg;
+	  int x, count;
+
+	  count = 0;
+	  /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck.  */
+	  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+	       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+	    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+	      size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+	  msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+	  if (msg != 0)
+	    {
+	      strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+	      if (count < 5)
+		{
+		  count = 0;
+		  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+		       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+		    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+		      {
+			strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+			strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+			strcat(msg, "'");
+			count++;
+		      }
+		}
+	      yyerror(msg);
+	      free(msg);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+	yyerror("parse error");
+    }
+
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1:   /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* return failure if at end of input */
+      if (yychar == YYEOF)
+	YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+      yychar = YYEMPTY;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+     after shifting the error token.  */
+
+  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+  goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault:  /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+     should shift them.  */
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.*/
+  if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop:   /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+  if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+  yyvsp--;
+  yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn += YYTERROR;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrpop;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrpop;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+  /* YYACCEPT comes here.  */
+  if (yyfree_stacks)
+    {
+      free (yyss);
+      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      free (yyls);
+#endif
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+  /* YYABORT comes here.  */
+  if (yyfree_stacks)
+    {
+      free (yyss);
+      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      free (yyls);
+#endif
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42ffa0eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/plural.y
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..167374e3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ref-add.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..613cf37f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ref-del.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/lib/depends.c b/lib/depends.c
index 479b0701c..98c7895cf 100644
--- a/lib/depends.c
+++ b/lib/depends.c
@@ -600,10 +600,6 @@ exit:
     return result;
 }
 
-/*@-typeuse@*/
-typedef int (*dbrecMatch_t) (Header h, const char *reqName, const char * reqEVR, int reqFlags);
-/*@=typeuse@*/
-
 static int rangeMatchesDepFlags (Header h,
 		const char * reqName, const char * reqEVR, int reqFlags)
 	/*@*/
@@ -962,12 +958,12 @@ alAllFileSatisfiesDepend(const availableList al,
 		const char * keyType, const char * fileName)
 	/*@*/
 {
-    int i, found;
+    int i, found = 0;
     const char * dirName;
     const char * baseName;
     struct dirInfo_s dirNeedle;
     dirInfo dirMatch;
-    struct availablePackage ** ret;
+    struct availablePackage ** ret = NULL;
 
     /* Solaris 2.6 bsearch sucks down on this. */
     if (al->numDirs == 0 || al->dirs == NULL || al->list == NULL)
@@ -985,18 +981,16 @@ alAllFileSatisfiesDepend(const availableList al,
     dirNeedle.dirNameLen = strlen(dirName);
     dirMatch = bsearch(&dirNeedle, al->dirs, al->numDirs,
 		       sizeof(dirNeedle), dirInfoCompare);
-    if (dirMatch == NULL) {
-	dirName = _free(dirName);
-	return NULL;
-    }
+    if (dirMatch == NULL)
+	goto exit;
 
     /* rewind to the first match */
     while (dirMatch > al->dirs && dirInfoCompare(dirMatch-1, &dirNeedle) == 0)
 	dirMatch--;
 
-    /*@-nullptrarith@*/		/* FIX: fileName NULL ??? */
-    baseName = strrchr(fileName, '/') + 1;
-    /*@=nullptrarith@*/
+    if ((baseName = strrchr(fileName, '/')) == NULL)
+	goto exit;
+    baseName++;
 
     for (found = 0, ret = NULL;
 	 dirMatch <= al->dirs + al->numDirs &&
@@ -1028,6 +1022,7 @@ alAllFileSatisfiesDepend(const availableList al,
 	}
     }
 
+exit:
     dirName = _free(dirName);
     /*@-mods@*/		/* FIX: al->list might be modified. */
     if (ret)
@@ -2100,7 +2095,7 @@ rescan:
      * the new package. This would be easier if we could sort the
      * addedPackages array, but we store indexes into it in various places.
      */
-    orderList = xmalloc(npkgs * sizeof(*orderList));
+    orderList = xcalloc(npkgs, sizeof(*orderList));
     for (i = 0, j = 0; i < ts->orderCount; i++) {
 	if (ts->order[i].type == TR_ADDED) {
 	    orderList[j].alIndex = ts->order[i].u.addedIndex;
@@ -2112,7 +2107,7 @@ rescan:
 
     qsort(orderList, npkgs, sizeof(*orderList), orderListIndexCmp);
 
-    newOrder = xmalloc(ts->orderCount * sizeof(*newOrder));
+    newOrder = xcalloc(ts->orderCount, sizeof(*newOrder));
     for (i = 0, newOrderCount = 0; i < orderingCount; i++) {
 	struct orderListIndex * needle, key;
 
diff --git a/lib/depends.h b/lib/depends.h
index ccd917691..9f25da588 100644
--- a/lib/depends.h
+++ b/lib/depends.h
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 /** \ingroup rpmdep
  * Dependncy ordering information.
  */
+/*@-fielduse@*/	/* LCL: confused by union? */
 struct tsortInfo {
     union {
 	int	count;
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ struct tsortInfo {
     int		tsi_reqx;
     int		tsi_qcnt;
 } ;
+/*@=fielduse@*/
 
 /** \ingroup rpmdep
  * Info about a single package to be installed.
@@ -107,6 +109,7 @@ typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct availableList_s {
 /** \ingroup rpmdep
  * A single package instance to be installed/removed atomically.
  */
+/*@-fielduse@*/	/* LCL: confused by union? */
 struct transactionElement {
     enum rpmTransactionType {
 	TR_ADDED,	/*!< Package will be installed. */
@@ -120,6 +123,7 @@ struct transactionElement {
 	} removed;
     } u;
 } ;
+/*@=fielduse@*/
 
 /** \ingroup rpmdep
  * The set of packages to be installed/removed atomically.
diff --git a/lib/fsm.c b/lib/fsm.c
index da8fabb8d..ad7497bf7 100644
--- a/lib/fsm.c
+++ b/lib/fsm.c
@@ -63,19 +63,17 @@ const char * fsmFsPath(/*@special@*/ /*@null@*/ const FSM_t fsm,
     if (fsm) {
 	int nb;
 	char * t;
-	/*@-nullpass@*/		/* LCL: subdir/suffix != NULL */
 	nb = strlen(fsm->dirName) +
-	    (st && subdir && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? strlen(subdir) : 0) +
-	    (st && suffix && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? strlen(suffix) : 0) +
+	    (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? (subdir ? strlen(subdir) : 0) : 0) +
+	    (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) ? (suffix ? strlen(suffix) : 0) : 0) +
 	    strlen(fsm->baseName) + 1;
 	s = t = xmalloc(nb);
 	t = stpcpy(t, fsm->dirName);
-	if (st && subdir && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
-	    t = stpcpy(t, subdir);
+	if (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
+	    if (subdir) t = stpcpy(t, subdir);
 	t = stpcpy(t, fsm->baseName);
-	if (st && suffix && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
-	    t = stpcpy(t, suffix);
-	/*@=nullpass@*/
+	if (st && !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode))
+	    if (suffix) t = stpcpy(t, suffix);
     }
     return s;
 }
@@ -331,7 +329,6 @@ static /*@observer@*/ const char * dnlNextIterator(/*@null@*/ DNLI_t dnli)
  * @param fsm		file state machine data
  * @return		Is chain only partially filled?
  */
-/*@-compmempass@*/
 static int saveHardLink(/*@special@*/ /*@partial@*/ FSM_t fsm)
 	/*@uses fsm->links, fsm->ix, fsm->sb, fsm->goal, fsm->nsuffix @*/
 	/*@defines fsm->li @*/
@@ -413,7 +410,6 @@ static int saveHardLink(/*@special@*/ /*@partial@*/ FSM_t fsm)
     return rc;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
-/*@=compmempass@*/
 
 /** \ingroup payload
  * Destroy set of hard links.
@@ -1000,7 +996,6 @@ static int fsmCommitLinks(/*@special@*/ FSM_t fsm)
  * @param fsm		file state machine data
  * @return		0 on success
  */
-/*@-compdef@*/
 static int fsmRmdirs(/*@special@*/ FSM_t fsm)
 	/*@uses fsm->path, fsm->dnlx, fsm->ldn, fsm->rdbuf, fsm->iter @*/
 	/*@modifies fsm, fileSystem @*/
@@ -1037,7 +1032,7 @@ static int fsmRmdirs(/*@special@*/ FSM_t fsm)
 	    if (rc)
 		/*@innerbreak@*/ break;
 	    te--;
-	} while ((te - dn) > fsm->dnlx[dc]);
+	} while ((te - fsm->path) > fsm->dnlx[dc]);
     }
     dnli = dnlFreeIterator(dnli);
     /*@=observertrans =dependenttrans@*/
@@ -1045,7 +1040,6 @@ static int fsmRmdirs(/*@special@*/ FSM_t fsm)
     fsm->path = path;
     return rc;
 }
-/*@=compdef@*/
 
 /**
  * Create (if necessary) directories not explicitly included in package.
@@ -1458,7 +1452,7 @@ int fsmStage(FSM_t fsm, fileStage stage)
 
 	fsm->postpone = XFA_SKIPPING(fsm->action);
 	if (fsm->goal == FSM_PKGINSTALL || fsm->goal == FSM_PKGBUILD) {
-	    /*@-evalorder@*/
+	    /*@-evalorder@*/ /* FIX: saveHardLink can modify fsm */
 	    if (!S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) && st->st_nlink > 1)
 		fsm->postpone = saveHardLink(fsm);
 	    /*@=evalorder@*/
diff --git a/lib/getdate.c b/lib/getdate.c
index 2d40c5cfa..8d56a0277 100644
--- a/lib/getdate.c
+++ b/lib/getdate.c
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ static int yygrowstack();
 */
 struct timeb {
     time_t		time;		/* Seconds since the epoch	*/
-    unsigned short	millitm;	/* Field not used		*/
+/*@unused@*/ unsigned short millitm;	/* Field not used		*/
     short		timezone;	/* Minutes west of GMT		*/
-    short		dstflag;	/* Field not used		*/
+/*@unused@*/ short	dstflag;	/* Field not used		*/
 };
 #endif /* defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H) */
 
@@ -131,7 +131,9 @@ extern struct tm	*gmtime();
 extern struct tm	*localtime();
 #endif
 
+/*@-exportheader@*/
 extern time_t get_date(char * p, struct timeb * now);
+/*@=exportheader@*/
 
 #define yyparse getdate_yyparse
 #define yylex getdate_yylex
@@ -197,12 +199,12 @@ static MERIDIAN	yyMeridian;
 static time_t	yyRelMonth;
 static time_t	yyRelSeconds;
 
-#line 184 "./getdate.y"
+#line 186 "./getdate.y"
 typedef union {
     time_t		Number;
     enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
 } YYSTYPE;
-#line 203 "getdate.c"
+#line 205 "getdate.c"
 #define YYERRCODE 256
 #define tAGO 257
 #define tDAY 258
@@ -420,7 +422,7 @@ static short *yyss;
 static short *yysslim;
 static YYSTYPE *yyvs;
 static int yystacksize;
-#line 403 "./getdate.y"
+#line 405 "./getdate.y"
 
 /* Month and day table. */
 static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
@@ -611,7 +613,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-yyerror(const char * s)
+yyerror(/*@unused@*/ const char * s)
 {
   return 0;
 }
@@ -1049,7 +1051,7 @@ main(ac, av)
     /* NOTREACHED */
 }
 #endif	/* defined(TEST) */
-#line 1050 "getdate.c"
+#line 1052 "getdate.c"
 /* allocate initial stack or double stack size, up to YYMAXDEPTH */
 static int yygrowstack()
 {
@@ -1245,37 +1247,37 @@ yyreduce:
     switch (yyn)
     {
 case 3:
-#line 202 "./getdate.y"
+#line 204 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHaveTime++;
 	}
 break;
 case 4:
-#line 205 "./getdate.y"
+#line 207 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHaveZone++;
 	}
 break;
 case 5:
-#line 208 "./getdate.y"
+#line 210 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHaveDate++;
 	}
 break;
 case 6:
-#line 211 "./getdate.y"
+#line 213 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHaveDay++;
 	}
 break;
 case 7:
-#line 214 "./getdate.y"
+#line 216 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHaveRel++;
 	}
 break;
 case 9:
-#line 220 "./getdate.y"
+#line 222 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHour = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	    yyMinutes = 0;
@@ -1284,7 +1286,7 @@ case 9:
 	}
 break;
 case 10:
-#line 226 "./getdate.y"
+#line 228 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHour = yyvsp[-3].Number;
 	    yyMinutes = yyvsp[-1].Number;
@@ -1293,7 +1295,7 @@ case 10:
 	}
 break;
 case 11:
-#line 232 "./getdate.y"
+#line 234 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHour = yyvsp[-3].Number;
 	    yyMinutes = yyvsp[-1].Number;
@@ -1303,7 +1305,7 @@ case 11:
 	}
 break;
 case 12:
-#line 239 "./getdate.y"
+#line 241 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHour = yyvsp[-5].Number;
 	    yyMinutes = yyvsp[-3].Number;
@@ -1312,7 +1314,7 @@ case 12:
 	}
 break;
 case 13:
-#line 245 "./getdate.y"
+#line 247 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyHour = yyvsp[-5].Number;
 	    yyMinutes = yyvsp[-3].Number;
@@ -1323,56 +1325,56 @@ case 13:
 	}
 break;
 case 14:
-#line 255 "./getdate.y"
+#line 257 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyTimezone = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;
 	}
 break;
 case 15:
-#line 259 "./getdate.y"
+#line 261 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyTimezone = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	    yyDSTmode = DSTon;
 	}
 break;
 case 16:
-#line 264 "./getdate.y"
+#line 266 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyTimezone = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	    yyDSTmode = DSTon;
 	}
 break;
 case 17:
-#line 270 "./getdate.y"
+#line 272 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
 	    yyDayNumber = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 18:
-#line 274 "./getdate.y"
+#line 276 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
 	    yyDayNumber = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 19:
-#line 278 "./getdate.y"
+#line 280 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyDayOrdinal = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	    yyDayNumber = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 20:
-#line 284 "./getdate.y"
+#line 286 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyMonth = yyvsp[-2].Number;
 	    yyDay = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 21:
-#line 288 "./getdate.y"
+#line 290 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    if (yyvsp[-4].Number >= 100) {
 		yyYear = yyvsp[-4].Number;
@@ -1386,7 +1388,7 @@ case 21:
 	}
 break;
 case 22:
-#line 299 "./getdate.y"
+#line 301 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    /* ISO 8601 format.  yyyy-mm-dd.  */
 	    yyYear = yyvsp[-2].Number;
@@ -1395,7 +1397,7 @@ case 22:
 	}
 break;
 case 23:
-#line 305 "./getdate.y"
+#line 307 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992.  */
 	    yyDay = yyvsp[-2].Number;
@@ -1404,14 +1406,14 @@ case 23:
 	}
 break;
 case 24:
-#line 311 "./getdate.y"
+#line 313 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyMonth = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	    yyDay = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 25:
-#line 315 "./getdate.y"
+#line 317 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyMonth = yyvsp[-3].Number;
 	    yyDay = yyvsp[-2].Number;
@@ -1419,14 +1421,14 @@ case 25:
 	}
 break;
 case 26:
-#line 320 "./getdate.y"
+#line 322 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyMonth = yyvsp[0].Number;
 	    yyDay = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 27:
-#line 324 "./getdate.y"
+#line 326 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyMonth = yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	    yyDay = yyvsp[-2].Number;
@@ -1434,68 +1436,68 @@ case 27:
 	}
 break;
 case 28:
-#line 331 "./getdate.y"
+#line 333 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
 	    yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
 	}
 break;
 case 30:
-#line 338 "./getdate.y"
+#line 340 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number * 60L;
 	}
 break;
 case 31:
-#line 341 "./getdate.y"
+#line 343 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number * 60L;
 	}
 break;
 case 32:
-#line 344 "./getdate.y"
+#line 346 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[0].Number * 60L;
 	}
 break;
 case 33:
-#line 347 "./getdate.y"
+#line 349 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 34:
-#line 350 "./getdate.y"
+#line 352 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds += yyvsp[-1].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 35:
-#line 353 "./getdate.y"
+#line 355 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelSeconds++;
 	}
 break;
 case 36:
-#line 356 "./getdate.y"
+#line 358 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelMonth += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 37:
-#line 359 "./getdate.y"
+#line 361 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelMonth += yyvsp[-1].Number * yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 38:
-#line 362 "./getdate.y"
+#line 364 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyRelMonth += yyvsp[0].Number;
 	}
 break;
 case 39:
-#line 367 "./getdate.y"
+#line 369 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    if (yyHaveTime && yyHaveDate && !yyHaveRel)
 		yyYear = yyvsp[0].Number;
@@ -1523,18 +1525,18 @@ case 39:
 	}
 break;
 case 40:
-#line 394 "./getdate.y"
+#line 396 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyval.Meridian = MER24;
 	}
 break;
 case 41:
-#line 397 "./getdate.y"
+#line 399 "./getdate.y"
 {
 	    yyval.Meridian = yyvsp[0].Meridian;
 	}
 break;
-#line 1535 "getdate.c"
+#line 1537 "getdate.c"
     }
     yyssp -= yym;
     yystate = *yyssp;
diff --git a/lib/getdate.y b/lib/getdate.y
index 2da7e077b..134a70746 100644
--- a/lib/getdate.y
+++ b/lib/getdate.y
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@
 */
 struct timeb {
     time_t		time;		/* Seconds since the epoch	*/
-    unsigned short	millitm;	/* Field not used		*/
+/*@unused@*/ unsigned short millitm;	/* Field not used		*/
     short		timezone;	/* Minutes west of GMT		*/
-    short		dstflag;	/* Field not used		*/
+/*@unused@*/ short	dstflag;	/* Field not used		*/
 };
 #endif /* defined(HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H) */
 
@@ -113,7 +113,9 @@ extern struct tm	*gmtime();
 extern struct tm	*localtime();
 #endif
 
+/*@-exportheader@*/
 extern time_t get_date(char * p, struct timeb * now);
+/*@=exportheader@*/
 
 #define yyparse getdate_yyparse
 #define yylex getdate_yylex
@@ -590,7 +592,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
-yyerror(const char * s)
+yyerror(/*@unused@*/ const char * s)
 {
   return 0;
 }
diff --git a/lib/header.c b/lib/header.c
index ae35db911..23240aba3 100644
--- a/lib/header.c
+++ b/lib/header.c
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HV_t hdrVec;	/* forward reference */
  * @return		NULL always
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
 {
     if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
     return NULL;
@@ -1054,8 +1054,10 @@ indexEntry findEntry(/*@null@*/ Header h, int_32 tag, int_32 type)
 	return entry;
 
     last = h->index + h->indexUsed;
+    /*@-usereleased@*/ /* FIX: entry2 = entry. Code looks bogus as well. */
     while (entry2->info.tag == tag && entry2->info.type != type &&
 	   entry2 < last) entry2++;
+    /*@=usereleased@*/
 
     if (entry->info.tag == tag && entry->info.type == type)
 	return entry;
diff --git a/lib/header.h b/lib/header.h
index 8a72c279f..87ca03d01 100644
--- a/lib/header.h
+++ b/lib/header.h
@@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ typedef int (*headerTagTagFunction) (Header h,
  * Define header tag output formats.
  */
 typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct headerSprintfExtension_s * headerSprintfExtension;
+/*@-fielduse@*/	/* LCL: confused by union? */
 struct headerSprintfExtension_s {
     enum headerSprintfExtenstionType type;	/*!< Type of extension. */
 /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * name;	/*!< Name of extension. */
@@ -190,6 +191,7 @@ struct headerSprintfExtension_s {
 	struct headerSprintfExtension_s * more;	/*!< Chained table extension. */
     } u;
 };
+/*@=fielduse@*/
 
 /** \ingroup header
  * Supported default header tag output formats.
diff --git a/lib/header_internal.h b/lib/header_internal.h
index f5120fcc5..7ae69c62b 100644
--- a/lib/header_internal.h
+++ b/lib/header_internal.h
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ struct extensionCache {
 
 /** \ingroup header
  */
-/*@-fielduse@*/
 typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct sprintfToken * sprintfToken;
+/*@-fielduse@*/
 struct sprintfToken {
     enum {
 	PTOK_NONE = 0,
diff --git a/lib/package.c b/lib/package.c
index 46dd09037..683e73ac7 100644
--- a/lib/package.c
+++ b/lib/package.c
@@ -4,9 +4,7 @@
 
 #include "system.h"
 
-#if !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #include <netinet/in.h>
-#endif	/* __LCLINT__ */
 
 #include <rpmlib.h>
 
@@ -19,7 +17,6 @@
 
 /*@access Header@*/		/* XXX compared with NULL */
 
-/*@-mods@*/
 void headerMergeLegacySigs(Header h, const Header sig)
 {
     HFD_t hfd = (HFD_t) headerFreeData;
@@ -28,7 +25,9 @@ void headerMergeLegacySigs(Header h, const Header sig)
     int_32 tag, type, count;
     const void * ptr;
 
+    /*@-mods@*/ /* FIX: undocumented modification of sig */
     for (hi = headerInitIterator(sig);
+    /*@=mods@*/
         headerNextIterator(hi, &tag, &type, &ptr, &count);
         ptr = hfd(ptr, type))
     {
@@ -60,7 +59,9 @@ Header headerRegenSigHeader(const Header h)
     int_32 tag, stag, type, count;
     const void * ptr;
 
+    /*@-mods@*/ /* FIX: undocumented modification of h */
     for (hi = headerInitIterator(h);
+    /*@=mods@*/
         headerNextIterator(hi, &tag, &type, &ptr, &count);
         ptr = hfd(ptr, type))
     {
@@ -85,7 +86,6 @@ Header headerRegenSigHeader(const Header h)
     hi = headerFreeIterator(hi);
     return sig;
 }
-/*@=mods@*/
 
 /**
  * Retrieve package components from file handle.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ rpmRC rpmReadPackageHeader(FD_t fd, Header * hdrp, int * isSource, int * major,
     }
    
     if (isSource) *isSource = lead.type == RPMLEAD_SOURCE;
-    /*@-mods@*/
+    /*@-mods@*/	/* FIX: undocumented modification */
     if (major) *major = lead.major;
     if (minor) *minor = lead.minor;
     /*@=mods@*/
diff --git a/lib/problems.c b/lib/problems.c
index 2cf3bb593..6e04ac55a 100644
--- a/lib/problems.c
+++ b/lib/problems.c
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ void printDepProblems(FILE * fp,
 
 #if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || defined(__LCLINT__)
 /*@-shadow -bufferoverflowhigh @*/
-static inline int vsnprintf(char * buf, /*@unused@*/ int nb,
+static inline int vsnprintf(/*@out@*/ char * buf, /*@unused@*/ int nb,
 	const char * fmt, va_list ap)
 {
     return vsprintf(buf, fmt, ap);
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ static inline int vsnprintf(char * buf, /*@unused@*/ int nb,
 /*@=shadow =bufferoverflowhigh @*/
 #endif
 #if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) || defined(__LCLINT__)
-static inline int snprintf(char * buf, int nb, const char * fmt, ...)
+static inline int snprintf(/*@out@*/ char * buf, int nb, const char * fmt, ...)
 {
     va_list ap;
     int rc;
diff --git a/lib/psm.c b/lib/psm.c
index dbe26f726..1e62d758c 100644
--- a/lib/psm.c
+++ b/lib/psm.c
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void freeFi(TFI_t fi)
 
     fi->h = headerFree(fi->h);
 
-    /*@-nullstate@*/
+    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* FIX: fi->{name,version,release,actions,...,h} NULL */
     return;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ static int mergeFiles(TFI_t fi, Header h, Header newH)
 	switch (type) {
 	case RPM_CHAR_TYPE:
 	case RPM_INT8_TYPE:
-	    newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_8));
+	    newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_8));
 	    for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
 		if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
 			((int_8 *) newdata)[k++] = ((int_8 *) data)[j];
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ static int mergeFiles(TFI_t fi, Header h, Header newH)
 	    free (newdata);
 	    break;
 	case RPM_INT16_TYPE:
-	    newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_16));
+	    newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_16));
 	    for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
 		if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
 		    ((int_16 *) newdata)[k++] = ((int_16 *) data)[j];
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ static int mergeFiles(TFI_t fi, Header h, Header newH)
 	    free (newdata);
 	    break;
 	case RPM_INT32_TYPE:
-	    newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_32));
+	    newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_32));
 	    for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
 		if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
 		    ((int_32 *) newdata)[k++] = ((int_32 *) data)[j];
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ static int mergeFiles(TFI_t fi, Header h, Header newH)
 	    free (newdata);
 	    break;
 	case RPM_STRING_ARRAY_TYPE:
-	    newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(char *));
+	    newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(char *));
 	    for (j = 0, k = 0; j < count; j++)
 		if (actions[j] != FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
 		    ((char **) newdata)[k++] = ((char **) data)[j];
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ static int mergeFiles(TFI_t fi, Header h, Header newH)
     for (i = 0; i < dirNamesCount; i++)
 	dirNames[i] = ((char **) data)[i];
     dirCount = dirNamesCount;
-    newdata = xmalloc(fc * sizeof(int_32));
+    newdata = xcalloc(fc, sizeof(int_32));
     for (i = 0, k = 0; i < count; i++) {
 	if (actions[i] == FA_SKIPMULTILIB)
 	    continue;
diff --git a/lib/rpmchecksig.c b/lib/rpmchecksig.c
index 1cc158bda..7163c8955 100644
--- a/lib/rpmchecksig.c
+++ b/lib/rpmchecksig.c
@@ -356,14 +356,10 @@ int rpmCheckSig(rpmCheckSigFlags flags, const char ** argv)
 			    if (tempKey) {
 			      if (res3 == RPMSIG_NOKEY) {
 				strcat(missingKeys, " PGP#");
-				/*@-compdef@*/
 				strncat(missingKeys, tempKey + offset, 8);
-				/*@=compdef@*/
 			      } else {
 			        strcat(untrustedKeys, " PGP#");
-				/*@-compdef@*/
 				strncat(untrustedKeys, tempKey + offset, 8);
-				/*@=compdef@*/
 			      }
 			    }
 			}   break;
@@ -381,9 +377,7 @@ int rpmCheckSig(rpmCheckSigFlags flags, const char ** argv)
 			    strcat(missingKeys, " GPG#");
 			    tempKey = strstr(result, "key ID");
 			    if (tempKey)
-				/*@-compdef@*/
 				strncat(missingKeys, tempKey+7, 8);
-				/*@=compdef@*/
 			    break;
 			default:
 			    strcat(buffer, "GPG ");
diff --git a/lib/rpmcli.h b/lib/rpmcli.h
index f48cd39bf..7289c5072 100644
--- a/lib/rpmcli.h
+++ b/lib/rpmcli.h
@@ -320,6 +320,7 @@ struct rpmInstallArguments_s {
 /**
  * A rollback transaction id element.
  */
+/*@-fielduse@*/
 typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct IDT_s {
     unsigned int instance;	/*!< installed package transaction id. */
 /*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * key; /*! removed package file name. */
@@ -328,6 +329,7 @@ typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct IDT_s {
 	int_32 i32;		/*!< install/remove transaction id */
     } val;
 } * IDT;
+/*@=fielduse@*/
 
 /**
  * A rollback transaction id index.
diff --git a/lib/rpminstall.c b/lib/rpminstall.c
index 715c47ce6..bcde9aa32 100644
--- a/lib/rpminstall.c
+++ b/lib/rpminstall.c
@@ -676,10 +676,8 @@ int rpmInstallSource(const char * rootdir, const char * arg,
 	fprintf(stdout, _("Installing %s\n"), arg);
 
     {
-	/*@-mayaliasunique@*/
 	rpmRC rpmrc = rpmInstallSourcePackage(rootdir, fd, specFile, NULL, NULL,
 				 cookie);
-	/*@=mayaliasunique@*/
 	rc = (rpmrc == RPMRC_OK ? 0 : 1);
     }
     if (rc != 0) {
diff --git a/lib/rpmlead.c b/lib/rpmlead.c
index 366b05be1..7d325b321 100644
--- a/lib/rpmlead.c
+++ b/lib/rpmlead.c
@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@
 # include <machine/types.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #include <netinet/in.h>
-#endif	/* __LCLINT__ */
 
 #include <rpmlib.h>
 
diff --git a/lib/rpmlib.h b/lib/rpmlib.h
index 30eb02fb0..3194a313b 100644
--- a/lib/rpmlib.h
+++ b/lib/rpmlib.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ extern "C" {
  * @return		NULL always
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p)
 	/*@modifies p @*/
 {
     if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
diff --git a/lib/rpmrc.c b/lib/rpmrc.c
index 8383ab263..2f7ccc042 100644
--- a/lib/rpmrc.c
+++ b/lib/rpmrc.c
@@ -307,10 +307,13 @@ static int addCanon(canonEntry * table, int * tableLen, char * line,
     const char * tshort_name;
     int tnum;
 
+#ifdef	DYING
     if (! *tableLen) {
 	*tableLen = 2;
 	*table = xmalloc(2 * sizeof(struct canonEntry_s));
-    } else {
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
 	(*tableLen) += 2;
 	/*@-unqualifiedtrans@*/
 	*table = xrealloc(*table, sizeof(struct canonEntry_s) * (*tableLen));
@@ -360,10 +363,13 @@ static int addDefault(defaultEntry * table, int * tableLen, char * line,
 {
     defaultEntry t;
 
+#ifdef	DYING
     if (! *tableLen) {
 	*tableLen = 1;
 	*table = xmalloc(sizeof(struct defaultEntry_s));
-    } else {
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
 	(*tableLen)++;
 	/*@-unqualifiedtrans@*/
 	*table = xrealloc(*table, sizeof(struct defaultEntry_s) * (*tableLen));
diff --git a/lib/signature.c b/lib/signature.c
index e3cafc4b2..75dfd106e 100644
--- a/lib/signature.c
+++ b/lib/signature.c
@@ -201,11 +201,9 @@ rpmRC rpmReadSignature(FD_t fd, Header * headerp, sigType sig_type)
 	break;
     }
 
-    if (rc == 0 && headerp)
-	/*@-nullderef@*/
+    if (headerp && rc == 0)
 	*headerp = h;
-	/*@=nullderef@*/
-    else if (h)
+    else
 	h = headerFree(h);
 
     return rc;
diff --git a/lib/stringbuf.c b/lib/stringbuf.c
index b5c1cfa8d..110136bfd 100644
--- a/lib/stringbuf.c
+++ b/lib/stringbuf.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ struct StringBufRec {
  * @return		NULL always
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies *p @*/
 {
     if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
     return NULL;
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void appendStringBufAux(StringBuf sb, const char *s, int nl)
 	sb->tail = sb->buf + (sb->allocated - sb->free);
     }
     
-    /*@-mayaliasunique@*/
+    /*@-mayaliasunique@*/ /* FIX: shrug */
     strcpy(sb->tail, s);
     /*@=mayaliasunique@*/
     sb->tail += l;
diff --git a/lib/transaction.c b/lib/transaction.c
index 2aee300c0..230be8557 100644
--- a/lib/transaction.c
+++ b/lib/transaction.c
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ static rpmProblemSet psCreate(void)
 {
     rpmProblemSet probs;
 
-    probs = xmalloc(sizeof(*probs));	/* XXX memory leak */
+    probs = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*probs));	/* XXX memory leak */
     probs->numProblems = probs->numProblemsAlloced = 0;
     probs->probs = NULL;
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ static void psAppend(rpmProblemSet probs, rpmProblemType type,
 		const struct availablePackage * alp,
 		const char * dn, const char *bn,
 		Header altH, unsigned long ulong1)
-	/*@modifies probs, alp @*/
+	/*@modifies *probs, alp @*/
 {
     rpmProblem p;
     char *t;
@@ -150,50 +150,51 @@ static void psAppend(rpmProblemSet probs, rpmProblemType type,
 			probs->numProblemsAlloced * sizeof(*probs->probs));
     }
 
-    p = probs->probs + probs->numProblems++;
+    p = probs->probs + probs->numProblems;
+    probs->numProblems++;
+    memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
     p->type = type;
     /*@-assignexpose@*/
     p->key = alp->key;
     /*@=assignexpose@*/
     p->ulong1 = ulong1;
     p->ignoreProblem = 0;
+    p->str1 = NULL;
+    p->h = NULL;
+    p->pkgNEVR = NULL;
+    p->altNEVR = NULL;
 
     if (dn || bn) {
 	p->str1 =
-	    t = xmalloc((dn ? strlen(dn) : 0) + (bn ? strlen(bn) : 0) + 1);
+	    t = xcalloc(1, (dn ? strlen(dn) : 0) + (bn ? strlen(bn) : 0) + 1);
 	if (dn) t = stpcpy(t, dn);
 	if (bn) t = stpcpy(t, bn);
-    } else
-	p->str1 = NULL;
+    }
 
     if (alp) {
 	p->h = headerLink(alp->h);
 	p->pkgNEVR =
-	    t = xmalloc(strlen(alp->name) +
-			strlen(alp->version) +
-			strlen(alp->release) + sizeof("--"));
+	    t = xcalloc(1, strlen(alp->name) +
+			   strlen(alp->version) +
+			   strlen(alp->release) + sizeof("--"));
 	t = stpcpy(t, alp->name);
 	t = stpcpy(t, "-");
 	t = stpcpy(t, alp->version);
 	t = stpcpy(t, "-");
 	t = stpcpy(t, alp->release);
-    } else {
-	p->h = NULL;
-	p->pkgNEVR = NULL;
     }
 
     if (altH) {
 	const char * n, * v, * r;
 	(void) headerNVR(altH, &n, &v, &r);
 	p->altNEVR =
-	    t = xmalloc(strlen(n) + strlen(v) + strlen(r) + sizeof("--"));
+	    t = xcalloc(1, strlen(n) + strlen(v) + strlen(r) + sizeof("--"));
 	t = stpcpy(t, n);
 	t = stpcpy(t, "-");
 	t = stpcpy(t, v);
 	t = stpcpy(t, "-");
 	t = stpcpy(t, r);
-    } else
-	p->altNEVR = NULL;
+    }
 }
 
 static int archOkay(Header h)
@@ -1576,7 +1577,7 @@ int rpmRunTransactions(	rpmTransactionSet ts,
 	struct stat sb;
 
 	ts->di = _free(ts->di);
-	dip = ts->di = xcalloc(sizeof(*ts->di), ts->filesystemCount + 1);
+	dip = ts->di = xcalloc((ts->filesystemCount + 1), sizeof(*ts->di));
 
 	for (i = 0; (i < ts->filesystemCount) && dip; i++) {
 #if STATFS_IN_SYS_STATVFS
@@ -1822,7 +1823,7 @@ int rpmRunTransactions(	rpmTransactionSet ts,
 	if (fi->fc == 0) continue;
 
 	/* Extract file info for all files in this package from the database. */
-	matches = xcalloc(sizeof(*matches), fi->fc);
+	matches = xcalloc(fi->fc, sizeof(*matches));
 	if (rpmdbFindFpList(ts->rpmdb, fi->fps, matches, fi->fc))
 	    return 1;	/* XXX WTFO? */
 
@@ -1831,7 +1832,7 @@ int rpmRunTransactions(	rpmTransactionSet ts,
 	    numShared += dbiIndexSetCount(matches[i]);
 
 	/* Build sorted file info list for this package. */
-	shared = sharedList = xmalloc((numShared + 1) * sizeof(*sharedList));
+	shared = sharedList = xcalloc((numShared + 1), sizeof(*sharedList));
 	for (i = 0; i < fi->fc; i++) {
 	    /*
 	     * Take care not to mark files as replaced in packages that will
diff --git a/po/rpm.pot b/po/rpm.pot
index ba5554901..373888f1c 100644
--- a/po/rpm.pot
+++ b/po/rpm.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-09-21 11:01-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-09-22 09:07-0400\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1055,15 +1055,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "exec failed\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1116 rpmqv.c:1103
+#: rpm.c:1116 rpmqv.c:1104
 msgid "unexpected arguments to --querytags "
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1127 rpmqv.c:1112
+#: rpm.c:1127 rpmqv.c:1113
 msgid "no packages given for signature check"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1138 rpmqv.c:1121
+#: rpm.c:1138 rpmqv.c:1122
 msgid "no packages given for signing"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1075,19 +1075,19 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "no packages given for install"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1267 rpmqv.c:1066
+#: rpm.c:1267 rpmqv.c:1067
 msgid "extra arguments given for query of all packages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1272 rpmqv.c:1075
+#: rpm.c:1272 rpmqv.c:1076
 msgid "no arguments given for query"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1289 rpmqv.c:1091
+#: rpm.c:1289 rpmqv.c:1092
 msgid "extra arguments given for verify of all packages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpm.c:1293 rpmqv.c:1095
+#: rpm.c:1293 rpmqv.c:1096
 msgid "no arguments given for verify"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1696,17 +1696,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "line %d: Error parsing %%description: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseDescription.c:54 build/parseFiles.c:50 build/parseScript.c:192
+#: build/parseDescription.c:54 build/parseFiles.c:50 build/parseScript.c:190
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: Bad option %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseDescription.c:67 build/parseFiles.c:62 build/parseScript.c:204
+#: build/parseDescription.c:67 build/parseFiles.c:62 build/parseScript.c:202
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: Too many names: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseDescription.c:77 build/parseFiles.c:71 build/parseScript.c:213
+#: build/parseDescription.c:77 build/parseFiles.c:71 build/parseScript.c:211
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: Package does not exist: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1936,22 +1936,22 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "line %d: Version required: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseScript.c:158
+#: build/parseScript.c:156
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: triggers must have --: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseScript.c:168 build/parseScript.c:229
+#: build/parseScript.c:166 build/parseScript.c:227
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: Error parsing %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseScript.c:179
+#: build/parseScript.c:177
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: script program must begin with '/': %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseScript.c:221
+#: build/parseScript.c:219
 #, c-format
 msgid "line %d: Second %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1992,11 +1992,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "malformed %%include statement\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseSpec.c:508
+#: build/parseSpec.c:509
 msgid "No compatible architectures found for build\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: build/parseSpec.c:563
+#: build/parseSpec.c:564
 #, c-format
 msgid "Package has no %%description: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2070,106 +2070,106 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "  %s    A %s\tB %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1223 lib/depends.c:1356
+#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1218 lib/depends.c:1351
 msgid "YES"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1223 lib/depends.c:1356
+#: lib/depends.c:597 lib/depends.c:1218 lib/depends.c:1351
 msgid "NO "
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1021
+#: lib/depends.c:1015
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (added files)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1131
+#: lib/depends.c:1126
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (added provide)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1222
+#: lib/depends.c:1217
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s %-s (cached)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1251
+#: lib/depends.c:1246
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (rpmrc provides)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1268
+#: lib/depends.c:1263
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (rpmlib provides)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1292
+#: lib/depends.c:1287
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (db files)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1305
+#: lib/depends.c:1300
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (db provides)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1319
+#: lib/depends.c:1314
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s YES (db package)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1335
+#: lib/depends.c:1330
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: %-45s NO\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1356
+#: lib/depends.c:1351
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: (%s, %s) added to Depends cache.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. requirements are not satisfied.
-#: lib/depends.c:1428
+#: lib/depends.c:1423
 #, c-format
 msgid "package %s-%s-%s require not satisfied: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. conflicts exist.
-#: lib/depends.c:1507
+#: lib/depends.c:1502
 #, c-format
 msgid "package %s conflicts: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:1753
+#: lib/depends.c:1748
 #, c-format
 msgid "removing %s-%s-%s \"%s\" from tsort relations.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Record all relations.
-#: lib/depends.c:1902
+#: lib/depends.c:1897
 msgid "========== recording tsort relations\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. T4. Scan for zeroes.
-#: lib/depends.c:1960
+#: lib/depends.c:1955
 msgid ""
 "========== tsorting packages (order, #predecessors, #succesors, depth)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:2010
+#: lib/depends.c:2005
 msgid "========== successors only (presentation order)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:2062
+#: lib/depends.c:2057
 msgid "LOOP:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/depends.c:2091
+#: lib/depends.c:2086
 msgid "========== continuing tsort ...\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: lib/formats.c:28 lib/formats.c:54 lib/formats.c:85 lib/formats.c:128
-#: lib/header.c:2621 lib/header.c:2642 lib/header.c:2664
+#: lib/header.c:2623 lib/header.c:2644 lib/header.c:2666
 msgid "(not a number)"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "getting list of mounted filesystems\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fs.c:153 rpmio/url.c:477
+#: lib/fs.c:153 rpmio/url.c:475
 #, c-format
 msgid "failed to open %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2202,46 +2202,46 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "file %s is on an unknown device\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:290
+#: lib/fsm.c:288
 msgid "========= Directories not explictly included in package:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:292
+#: lib/fsm.c:290
 #, c-format
 msgid "%9d %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1130
+#: lib/fsm.c:1124
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s directory created with perms %04o.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1407
+#: lib/fsm.c:1401
 #, c-format
 msgid "archive file %s was not found in header file list\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1526 lib/fsm.c:1651
+#: lib/fsm.c:1520 lib/fsm.c:1645
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s saved as %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1677
+#: lib/fsm.c:1671
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s rmdir of %s failed: Directory not empty\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1683
+#: lib/fsm.c:1677
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s rmdir of %s failed: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1693
+#: lib/fsm.c:1687
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s unlink of %s failed: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/fsm.c:1712
+#: lib/fsm.c:1706
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s created as %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2257,77 +2257,77 @@ msgid "Data type %d not supported\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1930
+#: lib/header.c:1932
 #, c-format
 msgid "missing { after %"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1960
+#: lib/header.c:1962
 msgid "missing } after %{"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1974
+#: lib/header.c:1976
 msgid "empty tag format"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:1988
+#: lib/header.c:1990
 msgid "empty tag name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2005
+#: lib/header.c:2007
 msgid "unknown tag"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2032
+#: lib/header.c:2034
 msgid "] expected at end of array"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2050
+#: lib/header.c:2052
 msgid "unexpected ]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2054
+#: lib/header.c:2056
 msgid "unexpected }"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2120
+#: lib/header.c:2122
 msgid "? expected in expression"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2129
+#: lib/header.c:2131
 msgid "{ expected after ? in expression"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2142 lib/header.c:2184
+#: lib/header.c:2144 lib/header.c:2186
 msgid "} expected in expression"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2152
+#: lib/header.c:2154
 msgid ": expected following ? subexpression"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2169
+#: lib/header.c:2171
 msgid "{ expected after : in expression"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-observertrans -readonlytrans@
-#: lib/header.c:2194
+#: lib/header.c:2196
 msgid "| expected at end of expression"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/header.c:2381
+#: lib/header.c:2383
 msgid "(unknown type)"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ msgid "can't query %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: lib/query.c:576 lib/query.c:610 lib/rpminstall.c:309 lib/rpminstall.c:453
-#: lib/rpminstall.c:826
+#: lib/rpminstall.c:824
 #, c-format
 msgid "open of %s failed: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3042,27 +3042,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "%s: No signature available (v1.0 RPM)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:437
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:431
 msgid "NOT OK"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:438 lib/rpmchecksig.c:452
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:432 lib/rpmchecksig.c:446
 msgid " (MISSING KEYS:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:440 lib/rpmchecksig.c:454
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:434 lib/rpmchecksig.c:448
 msgid ") "
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:441 lib/rpmchecksig.c:455
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:435 lib/rpmchecksig.c:449
 msgid " (UNTRUSTED KEYS:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:443 lib/rpmchecksig.c:457
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:437 lib/rpmchecksig.c:451
 msgid ")"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:451
+#: lib/rpmchecksig.c:445
 msgid "OK"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "file %s requires a newer version of RPM\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpminstall.c:445 lib/rpminstall.c:686
+#: lib/rpminstall.c:445 lib/rpminstall.c:684
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s cannot be installed\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3158,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Installing %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmlead.c:49
+#: lib/rpmlead.c:47
 #, c-format
 msgid "read failed: %s (%d)\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3173,88 +3173,88 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "missing architecture name at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:325
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:328
 #, c-format
 msgid "Incomplete data line at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:330
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:333
 #, c-format
 msgid "Too many args in data line at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:338
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:341
 #, c-format
 msgid "Bad arch/os number: %s (%s:%d)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:378
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:384
 #, c-format
 msgid "Incomplete default line at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:383
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:389
 #, c-format
 msgid "Too many args in default line at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:585
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:591
 #, c-format
 msgid "Cannot expand %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:590
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:596
 #, c-format
 msgid "Cannot read %s, HOME is too large.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:607
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:613
 #, c-format
 msgid "Unable to open %s for reading: %s.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. XXX Feof(fd)
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:654
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:660
 #, c-format
 msgid "Failed to read %s: %s.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:691
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:697
 #, c-format
 msgid "missing ':' (found 0x%02x) at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:708 lib/rpmrc.c:782
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:714 lib/rpmrc.c:788
 #, c-format
 msgid "missing argument for %s at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:725 lib/rpmrc.c:747
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:731 lib/rpmrc.c:753
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s expansion failed at %s:%d \"%s\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:734
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:740
 #, c-format
 msgid "cannot open %s at %s:%d: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:774
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:780
 #, c-format
 msgid "missing architecture for %s at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:841
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:847
 #, c-format
 msgid "bad option '%s' at %s:%d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:1436
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:1442
 #, c-format
 msgid "Unknown system: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/rpmrc.c:1437
+#: lib/rpmrc.c:1443
 msgid "Please contact rpm-list@redhat.com\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3284,141 +3284,141 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Old (internal-only) signature!  How did you get that!?\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:230
+#: lib/signature.c:228
 #, c-format
 msgid "Signature: size(%d)+pad(%d)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:290
+#: lib/signature.c:288
 #, c-format
 msgid "Couldn't exec pgp (%s)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:303
+#: lib/signature.c:301
 msgid "pgp failed\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. PGP failed to write signature
 #. Just in case
-#: lib/signature.c:310
+#: lib/signature.c:308
 msgid "pgp failed to write signature\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:315
+#: lib/signature.c:313
 #, c-format
 msgid "PGP sig size: %d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:328 lib/signature.c:410
+#: lib/signature.c:326 lib/signature.c:408
 msgid "unable to read the signature\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:333
+#: lib/signature.c:331
 #, c-format
 msgid "Got %d bytes of PGP sig\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:372 lib/signature.c:760
+#: lib/signature.c:370 lib/signature.c:758
 msgid "Couldn't exec gpg\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:385
+#: lib/signature.c:383
 msgid "gpg failed\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. GPG failed to write signature
 #. Just in case
-#: lib/signature.c:392
+#: lib/signature.c:390
 msgid "gpg failed to write signature\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:397
+#: lib/signature.c:395
 #, c-format
 msgid "GPG sig size: %d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:415
+#: lib/signature.c:413
 #, c-format
 msgid "Got %d bytes of GPG sig\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:443
+#: lib/signature.c:441
 msgid "Generating signature using PGP.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:449
+#: lib/signature.c:447
 msgid "Generating signature using GPG.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:532 lib/signature.c:607
+#: lib/signature.c:530 lib/signature.c:605
 msgid "Could not run pgp.  Use --nopgp to skip PGP checks.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:697
+#: lib/signature.c:695
 msgid "Could not run gpg.  Use --nogpg to skip GPG checks.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:789
+#: lib/signature.c:787
 msgid "Couldn't exec pgp\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @notreached@
 #. This case should have been screened out long ago.
-#: lib/signature.c:793 lib/signature.c:846
+#: lib/signature.c:791 lib/signature.c:844
 #, c-format
 msgid "Invalid %%_signature spec in macro file\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:826
+#: lib/signature.c:824
 #, c-format
 msgid "You must set \"%%_gpg_name\" in your macro file\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/signature.c:838
+#: lib/signature.c:836
 #, c-format
 msgid "You must set \"%%_pgp_name\" in your macro file\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:446
+#: lib/transaction.c:447
 msgid "========== relocations\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:450
+#: lib/transaction.c:451
 #, c-format
 msgid "%5d exclude  %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:453
+#: lib/transaction.c:454
 #, c-format
 msgid "%5d relocate %s -> %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:523
+#: lib/transaction.c:524
 #, c-format
 msgid "excluding multilib path %s%s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:586
+#: lib/transaction.c:587
 #, c-format
 msgid "excluding %s %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:596
+#: lib/transaction.c:597
 #, c-format
 msgid "relocating %s to %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:674
+#: lib/transaction.c:675
 #, c-format
 msgid "relocating directory %s to %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:808
+#: lib/transaction.c:809
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s skipped due to missingok flag\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: lib/transaction.c:1406
+#: lib/transaction.c:1407
 #, c-format
 msgid "excluding directory %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3613,125 +3613,125 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "error(%d) removing record %s from %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:842
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:846
 msgid "no dbpath has been set\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:973
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:977
 msgid ""
 "old format database is present; use --rebuilddb to generate a new format "
 "database\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. error
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1206
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1210
 #, c-format
 msgid "error(%d) counting packages\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1940 rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3122
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1944 rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3126
 #, c-format
 msgid "record number %u in database is bad -- skipping.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1991
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:1995
 #, c-format
 msgid "rpmdb: damaged header instance #%u retrieved, skipping.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2256
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2260
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: cannot read header at 0x%x\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2325
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2329
 #, c-format
 msgid "removing \"%s\" from %s index.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2334
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2338
 #, c-format
 msgid "removing %d entries from %s index.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2529
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2533
 #, c-format
 msgid "error(%d) allocating new package instance\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2607
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2611
 #, c-format
 msgid "adding \"%s\" to %s index.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2618
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:2622
 #, c-format
 msgid "adding %d entries to %s index.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3011
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3015
 #, c-format
 msgid "removing %s after successful db3 rebuild.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3041
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3045
 msgid "no dbpath has been set"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3068
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3072
 #, c-format
 msgid "rebuilding database %s into %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3072
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3076
 #, c-format
 msgid "temporary database %s already exists\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3078
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3082
 #, c-format
 msgid "creating directory %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3080
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3084
 #, c-format
 msgid "creating directory %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3087
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3091
 #, c-format
 msgid "opening old database with dbapi %d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3098
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3102
 #, c-format
 msgid "opening new database with dbapi %d\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3162
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3166
 #, c-format
 msgid "cannot add record originally at %u\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3180
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3184
 msgid "failed to rebuild database: original database remains in place\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3188
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3192
 msgid "failed to replace old database with new database!\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3190
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3194
 #, c-format
 msgid "replace files in %s with files from %s to recover"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3200
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3204
 #, c-format
 msgid "removing directory %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3202
+#: rpmdb/rpmdb.c:3206
 #, c-format
 msgid "failed to remove directory %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3827,59 +3827,59 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "File %s is smaller than %u bytes\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:599
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:588
 msgid "Success"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:602
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:591
 msgid "Bad server response"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:605
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:594
 msgid "Server I/O error"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:608
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:597
 msgid "Server timeout"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:611
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:600
 msgid "Unable to lookup server host address"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:614
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:603
 msgid "Unable to lookup server host name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:617
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:606
 msgid "Failed to connect to server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:620
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:609
 msgid "Failed to establish data connection to server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:623
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:612
 msgid "I/O error to local file"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:626
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:615
 msgid "Error setting remote server to passive mode"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:629
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:618
 msgid "File not found on server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:632
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:621
 msgid "Abort in progress"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:636
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:625
 msgid "Unknown or unexpected error"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/rpmio.c:1259
+#: rpmio/rpmio.c:1252
 #, c-format
 msgid "logging into %s as %s, pw %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3889,7 +3889,7 @@ msgid "(no error)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. @-readonlytrans@
-#. FIX: double indeirection.
+#. FIX: double indirection.
 #. @observer@
 #: rpmio/rpmlog.c:114 rpmio/rpmlog.c:115 rpmio/rpmlog.c:116
 msgid "fatal error: "
@@ -3910,37 +3910,37 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "memory alloc (%u bytes) returned NULL.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/url.c:103
+#: rpmio/url.c:101
 #, c-format
 msgid "warning: u %p ctrl %p nrefs != 0 (%s %s)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/url.c:123
+#: rpmio/url.c:121
 #, c-format
 msgid "warning: u %p data %p nrefs != 0 (%s %s)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/url.c:151
+#: rpmio/url.c:149
 #, c-format
 msgid "warning: uCache[%d] %p nrefs(%d) != 1 (%s %s)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/url.c:244
+#: rpmio/url.c:242
 #, c-format
 msgid "Password for %s@%s: "
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/url.c:269 rpmio/url.c:295
+#: rpmio/url.c:267 rpmio/url.c:293
 #, c-format
 msgid "error: %sport must be a number\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: rpmio/url.c:434
+#: rpmio/url.c:432
 msgid "url port must be a number\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. XXX Fstrerror
-#: rpmio/url.c:497
+#: rpmio/url.c:495
 #, c-format
 msgid "failed to create %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/popt/intl/config.charset b/popt/intl/config.charset
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..d6f369558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SJIS                      hpux osf solaris freebsd
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SJIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac
diff --git a/popt/intl/dcigettext.c b/popt/intl/dcigettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8456550d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1257 @@
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+    ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+     setting of `local'.''
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
+   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+   those using GNU C Library).  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+   are stored.  */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+  /* Domain in which to search.  */
+  char *domainname;
+
+  /* The category.  */
+  int category;
+
+  /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found.  */
+  int counter;
+
+  /* Catalog where the string was found.  */
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+  /* And finally the translation.  */
+  const char *translation;
+  size_t translation_length;
+
+  /* Pointer to the string in question.  */
+  char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations.  We can use this
+   only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family.  */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations.  */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+     const void *p1;
+     const void *p2;
+{
+  const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+  const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+  int result;
+
+  s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+  s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+  result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+      if (result == 0)
+	/* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+	   operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+	   LC_MESSAGES).  */
+	result = s1->category - s2->category;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+   calls.  */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+				    unsigned long int n,
+				    const char *translation,
+				    size_t translation_len))
+     internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n))
+     internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+						 const char *categoryname))
+     internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations.  */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+  struct transmem_list *next;
+  char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+   easier methods therefore we make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+#  define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+#  define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+#  define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+#  define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+  if (enable_secure == 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ())		      \
+	enable_secure = 1;						      \
+      else								      \
+	enable_secure = -1;						      \
+    }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+   depending on the plural form determined by N.  */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+  struct binding *binding;
+  const char *categoryname;
+  const char *categoryvalue;
+  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+  char *single_locale;
+  char *retval;
+  size_t retlen;
+  int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  struct known_translation_t *search;
+  struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+  size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+  size_t domainname_len;
+
+  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
+  if (msgid1 == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
+     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+     definition left this undefined.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+  /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+     some time.  */
+  search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+	   alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+  memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+  search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+  search->category = category;
+
+  foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+  if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+    {
+      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+      if (plural)
+	retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+				(*foundp)->translation_length);
+      else
+	retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+      return retval;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Preserve the `errno' value.  */
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not.  */
+  DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+  /* First find matching binding.  */
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding == NULL)
+    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+  else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+    dirname = binding->dirname;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
+      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+      size_t path_max;
+      char *ret;
+
+      path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+	  __set_errno (0);
+	  ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+	  if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+	    break;
+
+	  path_max += path_max / 2;
+	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
+	}
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
+	     error but simply return the default string.  */
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
+  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+  domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+				 + domainname_len + 5);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+  stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+		  domainname, domainname_len),
+	  ".mo");
+
+  /* Creating working area.  */
+  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
+     got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
+      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+	++categoryvalue;
+      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
+	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+	     will take place.  */
+	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
+	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *cp = single_locale;
+	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+	  *cp = '\0';
+
+	  /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+	     outside the dedicated directories.  */
+	  if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+	    /* Ingore this entry.  */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
+      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+
+      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
+      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+      if (domain != NULL)
+	{
+	  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+	  if (retval == NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt;
+
+	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+					 msgid1, &retlen);
+
+		  if (retval != NULL)
+		    {
+		      domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (retval != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+		 starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes.  */
+	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+	      if (foundp == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree.  */
+		  struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+		  newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+		    malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+			    + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+		  if (newp != NULL)
+		    {
+		      newp->domainname =
+			mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+		      memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+		      newp->category = category;
+		      newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		      newp->domain = domain;
+		      newp->translation = retval;
+		      newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+		      /* Insert the entry in the search tree.  */
+		      foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+			tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+		      if (foundp == NULL
+			  || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+			/* The insert failed.  */
+			free (newp);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We can update the existing entry.  */
+		  (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		  (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+		  (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+		  (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+		}
+#endif
+	      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+	      if (plural)
+		retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+	      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	      return retval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+     const char *msgid;
+     size_t *lengthp;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  size_t act;
+  char *result;
+  size_t resultlen;
+
+  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
+  if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Use the hashing table.  */
+      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+	  if (nstr == 0)
+	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+	     We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+	     are represented by strings with an embedded NUL.  */
+	  if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+	      && (strcmp (msgid,
+			  domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					    domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+		  == 0))
+	    {
+	      act = nstr - 1;
+	      goto found;
+	    }
+
+	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+	  else
+	    idx += incr;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Try the default method:  binary search in the sorted array of
+	 messages.  */
+      size_t top, bottom;
+
+      bottom = 0;
+      top = domain->nstrings;
+      while (bottom < top)
+	{
+	  int cmp_val;
+
+	  act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+	  cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+				    + W (domain->must_swap,
+					 domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+	  if (cmp_val < 0)
+	    top = act;
+	  else if (cmp_val > 0)
+	    bottom = act + 1;
+	  else
+	    goto found;
+	}
+      /* No translation was found.  */
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+ found:
+  /* The translation was found at index ACT.  If we have to convert the
+     string to use a different character set, this is the time.  */
+  result = ((char *) domain->data
+	    + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+  resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->codeset_cntr
+      != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+    {
+      /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+	 since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed.  We
+	 have to reinitialize the converter.  */
+      _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+      _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+    }
+
+  if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+      domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+#  endif
+# endif
+      )
+    {
+      /* We are supposed to do a conversion.  First allocate an
+	 appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+	 of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+	 to the converted strings in.
+	 There is a slight complication with plural entries.  They
+	 are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings.  We
+	 handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+	 NULs.  */
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+	  && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+						    sizeof (char *)))
+	      == NULL))
+	/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table.  */
+	domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+	/* Nothing we can do, no more memory.  */
+	goto converted;
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+	     translated yet.  Do this now.  */
+	  /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+	     We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+	     time.  This is faster than many small allocations.   */
+	  __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE	4080
+	  static unsigned char *freemem;
+	  static size_t freemem_size;
+
+	  const unsigned char *inbuf;
+	  unsigned char *outbuf;
+	  int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+	  transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+	  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+	  inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+	  outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+	  malloc_count = 0;
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      size_t non_reversible;
+	      int res;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+			     &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+			     &outbuf,
+			     outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+			     &non_reversible);
+
+	      if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+		break;
+
+	      if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+	      inbuf = result;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	      const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+	      size_t inleft = resultlen;
+	      char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+	      size_t outleft;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+	      if (iconv (domain->conv,
+			 (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+			 &outptr, &outleft)
+		  != (size_t) (-1))
+		{
+		  outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (errno != E2BIG)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	    resize_freemem:
+	      /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one.  */
+	      if (malloc_count > 0)
+		{
+		  ++malloc_count;
+		  freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+							 freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  if (newmem != NULL)
+		    transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+		      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		      free (old);
+		    }
+# endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  malloc_count = 1;
+		  freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+		}
+	      if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  freemem = NULL;
+		  freemem_size = 0;
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+                 at some point.  */
+	      newmem->next = transmem_list;
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+
+	      freemem = newmem->data;
+	      freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+	      freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+	      outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have now in our buffer a converted string.  Put this
+	     into the table of conversions.  */
+	  *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+	  domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+	  /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned.  */
+	  freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+	  freemem = outbuf;
+	  freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+	  freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+	  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+	}
+
+      /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+	 the plural variants.  */
+      result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+      resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+    }
+
+ converted:
+  /* The result string is converted.  */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+  *lengthp = resultlen;
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant.  */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     const char *translation;
+     size_t translation_len;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+  unsigned long int index;
+  const char *p;
+
+  index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+  if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+    /* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression and the
+       given maximum value do not match.  */
+    index = 0;
+
+  /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION.  */
+  p = translation;
+  while (index-- > 0)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+      p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+      /* And skip over the NUL byte.  */
+      p++;
+
+      if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+	/* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression
+	   evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+	   available for MSGID1.  */
+	return (char *) translation;
+    }
+  return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+     struct expression *pexp;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+     int category;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+  case LC_COLLATE:
+    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+  case LC_CTYPE:
+    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+  case LC_MONETARY:
+    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+  case LC_NUMERIC:
+    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+  case LC_TIME:
+    retval = "LC_TIME";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+  case LC_MESSAGES:
+    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+  case LC_RESPONSE:
+    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+  case LC_ALL:
+    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+       value.  */
+    retval = "LC_ALL";
+    break;
+#endif
+  default:
+    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
+    retval = "LC_XXX";
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *language;
+  const char *retval;
+
+  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+     variable.  But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+     locale is the C locale.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+  language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+  if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+    language = NULL;
+
+  /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+     `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some systems this can be done by the
+     `setlocale' function itself.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+      retval = getenv (categoryname);
+      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
+	       implementation defined.  */
+	    return "C";
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+     void *dest;
+     const void *src;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+   program's end.  */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  void *old;
+
+  while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+    {
+      struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+      _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+      if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+	free (oldp->dirname);
+      free (oldp->codeset);
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
+    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+  /* Remove the search tree with the known translations.  */
+  __tdestroy (root, free);
+  root = NULL;
+
+  while (transmem_list != NULL)
+    {
+      old = transmem_list;
+      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+      free (old);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/popt/intl/dcngettext.c b/popt/intl/dcngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5da25775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/dcngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/popt/intl/dngettext.c b/popt/intl/dngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..79aaa9ae6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/dngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/popt/intl/libgnuintl.h b/popt/intl/libgnuintl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..577001a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/libgnuintl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
+   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+				 int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid)							      \
+  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
+  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
+  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/popt/intl/localcharset.c b/popt/intl/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22e09e410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#ifndef WIN32
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/popt/intl/locale.alias b/popt/intl/locale.alias
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48940f745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/locale.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokm�l		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+fran�ais	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/popt/intl/ngettext.c b/popt/intl/ngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b1fa02f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/ngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/popt/intl/plural.c b/popt/intl/plural.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81913356c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/plural.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1325 @@
+
+/*  A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+    by GNU Bison version 1.28  */
+
+#define YYBISON 1  /* Identify Bison output.  */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define	EQUOP2	257
+#define	CMPOP2	258
+#define	ADDOP2	259
+#define	MULOP2	260
+#define	NUMBER	261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define	YYFINAL		27
+#define	YYFLAG		-32768
+#define	YYNTBASE	16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = {     0,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,    10,     2,     2,     2,     2,     5,     2,    14,
+    15,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    12,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     3,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    13,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     4,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     6,     7,     8,     9,
+    11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = {     0,
+     0,     2,     8,    12,    16,    20,    24,    28,    32,    35,
+    37,    39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = {    17,
+     0,    17,     3,    17,    12,    17,     0,    17,     4,    17,
+     0,    17,     5,    17,     0,    17,     6,    17,     0,    17,
+     7,    17,     0,    17,     8,    17,     0,    17,     9,    17,
+     0,    10,    17,     0,    13,     0,    11,     0,    14,    17,
+    15,     0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+   177,   185,   189,   193,   197,   201,   205,   209,   213,   217,
+   221,   226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = {   "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = {     0,
+    16,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,
+    17,    17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = {     0,
+     1,     5,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     2,     1,
+     1,     3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = {     0,
+     0,    11,    10,     0,     1,     9,     0,     0,     0,     0,
+     0,     0,     0,     0,    12,     0,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     0,     2,     0,     0,     0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = {    25,
+     5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = {    -9,
+    -9,-32768,-32768,    -9,    34,-32768,    11,    -9,    -9,    -9,
+    -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,-32768,    24,    39,    43,    16,    26,
+    -3,-32768,    -9,    34,    21,    53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+    -1
+};
+
+
+#define	YYLAST		53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = {     6,
+     1,     2,     7,     3,     4,    14,    16,    17,    18,    19,
+    20,    21,    22,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
+    26,    24,    12,    13,    14,    15,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,    13,    14,    23,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    11,    12,
+    13,    14,    27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = {     1,
+    10,    11,     4,    13,    14,     9,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,     3,     4,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,
+     0,    23,     7,     8,     9,    15,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     9,     8,     9,    12,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     9,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,     6,     7,
+     8,     9,     0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28.  */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+  when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+  It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+  used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C.  */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C.  */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+   since that symbol is in the user namespace.  */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+	 instead, just don't use alloca.  */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+   So I turned it off.   rms, 2 May 1997.  */
+/* #include <malloc.h>  */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+		 and on HPUX 10.  Eventually we can turn this on.  */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+   It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+   as one case of the switch.  */
+
+#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY		-2
+#define YYEOF		0
+#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+   This remains here temporarily to ease the
+   transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
+#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do								\
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
+    { yychar = (token), yylval = (value);			\
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
+      YYPOPSTACK;						\
+      goto yybackup;						\
+    }								\
+  else								\
+    { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; }	\
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR	1
+#define YYERRCODE	256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX		yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int	yychar;			/*  the lookahead symbol		*/
+YYSTYPE	yylval;			/*  the semantic value of the		*/
+				/*  lookahead symbol			*/
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc;			/*  location data for the lookahead	*/
+				/*  symbol				*/
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs;			/*  number of parse errors so far       */
+#endif  /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug;			/*  nonzero means print parse trace	*/
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+   from coexisting.  */
+#endif
+
+/*  YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks	*/
+
+#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/*  YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+    (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used).  */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+/* Define __yy_memcpy.  Note that the size argument
+   should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+   definitions require.  With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+   of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1		/* GNU C and GNU C++ define this.  */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)	__builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else				/* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+     char *to;
+     char *from;
+     unsigned int count;
+{
+  register char *f = from;
+  register char *t = to;
+  register int i = count;
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+  register char *t = to;
+  register char *f = from;
+  register int i = count;
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
+   It should actually point to an object.
+   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+   to the proper pointer type.  */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  register int yystate;
+  register int yyn;
+  register short *yyssp;
+  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+  int yyerrstatus;	/*  number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+  int yychar1 = 0;		/*  lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the state stack			*/
+  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the semantic value stack		*/
+
+  short *yyss = yyssa;		/*  refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;	/*  to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the location stack			*/
+  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+  int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+  int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+  int yychar;
+  YYSTYPE yylval;
+  int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  YYSTYPE yyval;		/*  the variable used to return		*/
+				/*  semantic values from the action	*/
+				/*  routines				*/
+
+  int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+  yystate = 0;
+  yyerrstatus = 0;
+  yynerrs = 0;
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
+
+  /* Initialize stack pointers.
+     Waste one element of value and location stack
+     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
+
+  yyssp = yyss - 1;
+  yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in  yystate  .  */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+   have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
+yynewstate:
+
+  *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+    {
+      /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+      /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+      YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+      short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+      /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+	 the data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+	 but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		 &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+		 &yystacksize);
+#else
+      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		 &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+      yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+	{
+	  yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+	  if (yyfree_stacks)
+	    {
+	      free (yyss);
+	      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+	      free (yyls);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  return 2;
+	}
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+      yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+      yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+      yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+      yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+	YYABORT;
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+  goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+     or a valid token in external form.  */
+
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+      yychar = YYLEX;
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
+    {
+      yychar1 = 0;
+      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+	     of a token, for further debugging info.  */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+	  fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  yyn += yychar1;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+       just return success.
+     0, or most negative number => error.  */
+
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (yychar != YYEOF)
+    yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state.  */
+yydefault:
+
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction.  yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+yyreduce:
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+  if (yylen > 0)
+    yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+	       yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
+      for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+  switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+}
+   /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+  yyvsp -= yylen;
+  yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp++;
+  if (yylen == 0)
+    {
+      yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+      yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+      yylsp->text = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+     Determine what state that goes to,
+     based on the state we popped back to
+     and the rule number reduced by.  */
+
+  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+    yystate = yytable[yystate];
+  else
+    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab:   /* here on detecting error */
+
+  if (! yyerrstatus)
+    /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+	{
+	  int size = 0;
+	  char *msg;
+	  int x, count;
+
+	  count = 0;
+	  /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck.  */
+	  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+	       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+	    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+	      size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+	  msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+	  if (msg != 0)
+	    {
+	      strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+	      if (count < 5)
+		{
+		  count = 0;
+		  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+		       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+		    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+		      {
+			strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+			strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+			strcat(msg, "'");
+			count++;
+		      }
+		}
+	      yyerror(msg);
+	      free(msg);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+	yyerror("parse error");
+    }
+
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1:   /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* return failure if at end of input */
+      if (yychar == YYEOF)
+	YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+      yychar = YYEMPTY;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+     after shifting the error token.  */
+
+  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+  goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault:  /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+     should shift them.  */
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.*/
+  if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop:   /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+  if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+  yyvsp--;
+  yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn += YYTERROR;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrpop;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrpop;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+  /* YYACCEPT comes here.  */
+  if (yyfree_stacks)
+    {
+      free (yyss);
+      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      free (yyls);
+#endif
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+  /* YYABORT comes here.  */
+  if (yyfree_stacks)
+    {
+      free (yyss);
+      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      free (yyls);
+#endif
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/popt/intl/plural.y b/popt/intl/plural.y
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42ffa0eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/plural.y
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/popt/intl/ref-add.sin b/popt/intl/ref-add.sin
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..167374e3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/ref-add.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/popt/intl/ref-del.sin b/popt/intl/ref-del.sin
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..613cf37f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/popt/intl/ref-del.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/rpmdb/fprint.c b/rpmdb/fprint.c
index d300f5724..f7765f530 100644
--- a/rpmdb/fprint.c
+++ b/rpmdb/fprint.c
@@ -151,7 +151,9 @@ static fingerPrint doLookup(fingerPrintCache cache,
 	    fp.baseName = baseName;
 	    if (!scareMemory && fp.subDir != NULL)
 		fp.subDir = xstrdup(fp.subDir);
+	/*@-compdef@*/ /* FIX: fp.entry.{dirName,dev,ino,isFake} undef @*/
 	    return fp;
+	/*@=compdef@*/
 	}
 
         /* stat of '/' just failed! */
@@ -168,7 +170,9 @@ static fingerPrint doLookup(fingerPrintCache cache,
 
     /*@notreached@*/
 
+    /*@-compdef@*/ /* FIX: fp.entry.{dirName,dev,ino,isFake} undef @*/
     /*@-nullret@*/ return fp; /*@=nullret@*/	/* LCL: can't happen. */
+    /*@=compdef@*/
 }
 
 fingerPrint fpLookup(fingerPrintCache cache, const char * dirName, 
diff --git a/rpmdb/rpmdb.c b/rpmdb/rpmdb.c
index a819e8131..cdb40aefe 100644
--- a/rpmdb/rpmdb.c
+++ b/rpmdb/rpmdb.c
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ static int hdrNumCmp(const void * one, const void * two)
  */
 static INLINE int dbiAppendSet(dbiIndexSet set, const void * recs,
 	int nrecs, size_t recsize, int sortset)
-	/*@modifies set @*/
+	/*@modifies *set @*/
 {
     const char * rptr = recs;
     size_t rlen = (recsize < sizeof(*(set->recs)))
@@ -633,11 +633,13 @@ static INLINE int dbiAppendSet(dbiIndexSet set, const void * recs,
     if (set == NULL || recs == NULL || nrecs <= 0 || recsize == 0)
 	return 1;
 
+#ifdef	DYING
     if (set->count == 0)
 	set->recs = xmalloc(nrecs * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
     else
-	set->recs = xrealloc(set->recs,
-				(set->count + nrecs) * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
+#endif
+    set->recs = xrealloc(set->recs,
+			(set->count + nrecs) * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
 
     memset(set->recs + set->count, 0, nrecs * sizeof(*(set->recs)));
 
@@ -652,7 +654,9 @@ static INLINE int dbiAppendSet(dbiIndexSet set, const void * recs,
     if (set->count > 1 && sortset)
 	qsort(set->recs, set->count, sizeof(*(set->recs)), hdrNumCmp);
 
+    /*@-compmempass@*/ /* FIX: set->recs.{hdrNum,tagNum,fpNum,dbNum} undef */
     return 0;
+    /*@=compmempass@*/
 }
 
 /**
@@ -1485,9 +1489,9 @@ rpmdbMatchIterator rpmdbFreeIterator(rpmdbMatchIterator mi)
 	mire->pattern = _free(mire->pattern);
 	if (mire->preg != NULL) {
 	    regfree(mire->preg);
-	    /*@+voidabstract@*/
+	    /*@+voidabstract -usereleased @*/ /* FIX: ??? */
 	    mire->preg = _free(mire->preg);
-	    /*@=voidabstract@*/
+	    /*@=voidabstract =usereleased @*/
 	}
     }
     mi->mi_re = _free(mi->mi_re);
@@ -1728,7 +1732,7 @@ int rpmdbSetIteratorRE(rpmdbMatchIterator mi, rpmTag tag,
 	allpat = _free(allpat);
 	if (preg) {
 	    regfree(preg);
-	    /*@+voidabstract@*/
+	    /*@+voidabstract -usereleased @*/ /* FIX: ??? */
 	    preg = _free(preg);
 	    /*@=voidabstract@*/
 	}
diff --git a/rpmdb/rpmdb.h b/rpmdb/rpmdb.h
index 01b63051c..9ea78f2b5 100644
--- a/rpmdb/rpmdb.h
+++ b/rpmdb/rpmdb.h
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ unsigned int rpmdbGetIteratorFileNum(rpmdbMatchIterator mi)
  * @param db		rpm database
  */
 int rpmdbFindFpList(/*@null@*/ rpmdb db, fingerPrint * fpList,
-		/*@out@*/dbiIndexSet * matchList, int numItems)
+		/*@out@*/ dbiIndexSet * matchList, int numItems)
 	/*@modifies db, *matchList @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup dbi
diff --git a/rpmio/Makefile.am b/rpmio/Makefile.am
index 101b30172..e24fc8564 100644
--- a/rpmio/Makefile.am
+++ b/rpmio/Makefile.am
@@ -43,8 +43,10 @@ tkey: librpmio.la tkey.o
 	$(LINK) -o $@ tkey.o librpmio.la $(top_builddir)/popt/libpopt.la
 
 tdigest.o: tdigest.c
+	 $(CC) $(DEFS) -I/usr/include/beecrypt $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ -c tdigest.c 
+
 tdigest: librpmio.la tdigest.o
-	$(LINK) @LDFLAGS_STATIC@ -o $@ tdigest.o librpmio.la $(top_builddir)/popt/libpopt.la
+	$(LINK) @LDFLAGS_STATIC@ -o $@ tdigest.o librpmio.la $(top_builddir)/popt/libpopt.la -lbeecrypt
 
 tficl.o: tficl.c
 	$(COMPILE) -I/usr/include/ficl -o $@ -c tficl.c 
diff --git a/rpmio/rpmio.c b/rpmio/rpmio.c
index f47b71542..6ad5910e1 100644
--- a/rpmio/rpmio.c
+++ b/rpmio/rpmio.c
@@ -5,15 +5,6 @@
 #include "system.h"
 #include <stdarg.h>
 
-#ifdef	__LCLINT__
-/*@-incondefs@*/
-typedef	unsigned int		uint32_t;
-/*@=incondefs@*/
-#define	INADDR_ANY		((uint32_t) 0x00000000)
-#define	IPPROTO_IP		0
-
-#else	/* __LCLINT__ */
-
 #if HAVE_MACHINE_TYPES_H
 # include <machine/types.h>
 #endif
@@ -30,8 +21,6 @@ typedef	unsigned int		uint32_t;
 #define	_USE_LIBIO	1
 #endif
 
-#endif	/* __LCLINT__ */
-
 #if !defined(HAVE_HERRNO) && defined(__hpux) /* XXX HP-UX w/o -D_XOPEN_SOURCE needs */
 extern int h_errno;
 #endif
@@ -106,7 +95,7 @@ int _rpmio_debug = 0;
  * @retval		NULL always
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p)
 	/*@modifies p@*/
 {
     if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
@@ -676,12 +665,15 @@ static int mygethostbyname(const char * host,
 }
 #endif
 
+/*@-compdef@*/	/* FIX: address->s_addr undefined. */
 static int getHostAddress(const char * host, /*@out@*/ struct in_addr * address)
 	/*@modifies *address, fileSystem @*/
 {
     if (xisdigit(host[0])) {
-	if (! /*@-unrecog@*/ inet_aton(host, address) /*@=unrecog@*/ )
+	/*@-unrecog@*/
+	if (!inet_aton(host, address))
 	    return FTPERR_BAD_HOST_ADDR;
+	/*@=unrecog@*/
     } else {
 	if (mygethostbyname(host, address)) {
 	    errno = /*@-unrecog@*/ h_errno /*@=unrecog@*/;
@@ -691,6 +683,7 @@ static int getHostAddress(const char * host, /*@out@*/ struct in_addr * address)
     
     return 0;
 }
+/*@=compdef@*/
 
 static int tcpConnect(FD_t ctrl, const char * host, int port)
 	/*@modifies ctrl, fileSystem @*/
diff --git a/rpmio/rpmio_internal.h b/rpmio/rpmio_internal.h
index 3225a607d..a10695e7d 100644
--- a/rpmio/rpmio_internal.h
+++ b/rpmio/rpmio_internal.h
@@ -142,17 +142,29 @@ extern int _rpmio_debug;
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
 int fdFgets(FD_t fd, char * buf, size_t len)
 	/*@modifies *buf, fd, fileSystem @*/;
 
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
 /*@null@*/ FD_t ftpOpen(const char *url, /*@unused@*/ int flags,
                 /*@unused@*/ mode_t mode, /*@out@*/ urlinfo *uret)
 	/*@modifies *uret, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
 int ftpReq(FD_t data, const char * ftpCmd, const char * ftpArg)
 	/*@modifies data, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
 int ftpCmd(const char * cmd, const char * url, const char * arg2)
 	/*@modifies fileSystem @*/;
 
+/** \ingroup rpmio
+ */
 int ufdClose( /*@only@*/ void * cookie)
 	/*@modified cookie, fileSystem @*/;
 
@@ -183,25 +195,23 @@ void fdSetIo(FD_t fd, /*@kept@*/ /*@null@*/ FDIO_t io)
 /** \ingroup rpmio
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ FILE * fdGetFILE(FD_t fd)
+/*@exposed@*/ /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ FILE * fdGetFILE(FD_t fd)
 	/*@*/
 {
     FDSANE(fd);
-    /*@+voidabstract -retexpose@*/
+    /*@+voidabstract@*/
     return ((FILE *)fd->fps[fd->nfps].fp);
-    /*@=voidabstract =retexpose@*/
+    /*@=voidabstract@*/
 }
 
 /** \ingroup rpmio
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ void * fdGetFp(FD_t fd)
+/*@exposed@*/ /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ void * fdGetFp(FD_t fd)
 	/*@*/
 {
     FDSANE(fd);
-    /*@-retexpose@*/
     return fd->fps[fd->nfps].fp;
-    /*@=retexpose@*/
 }
 
 /** \ingroup rpmio
diff --git a/rpmio/rpmlog.c b/rpmio/rpmlog.c
index 0a866fbc8..24f2964dc 100644
--- a/rpmio/rpmlog.c
+++ b/rpmio/rpmlog.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ rpmlogRec recs = NULL;
  * @retval		NULL always
  */
 /*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
-_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies p@*/
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const void * p) /*@modifies p@*/
 {
     if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
     return NULL;
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ rpmlogCallback rpmlogSetCallback(rpmlogCallback cb)
     return ocb;
 }
 
-/*@-readonlytrans@*/	/* FIX: double indeirection. */
+/*@-readonlytrans@*/	/* FIX: double indirection. */
 /*@observer@*/ static char *rpmlogMsgPrefix[] = {
     N_("fatal error: "),/*!< RPMLOG_EMERG */
     N_("fatal error: "),/*!< RPMLOG_ALERT */
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ static void vrpmlog (unsigned code, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
     while (1) {
 	va_list apc;
 	/*@-sysunrecog -usedef@*/ va_copy(apc, ap); /*@=sysunrecog =usedef@*/
-	/*@-unrecog@*/ nb = vsnprintf(msgbuf, msgnb, fmt, apc); /*@=unrecog@*/
+	nb = vsnprintf(msgbuf, msgnb, fmt, apc);
 	if (nb > -1 && nb < msgnb)
 	    break;
-	if (nb > -1)		/* glibc 2.1 */
+	if (nb > -1)		/* glibc 2.1 (and later) */
 	    msgnb = nb+1;
 	else			/* glibc 2.0 */
 	    msgnb *= 2;
diff --git a/rpmio/rpmmalloc.c b/rpmio/rpmmalloc.c
index d5e467ab5..911d97721 100644
--- a/rpmio/rpmmalloc.c
+++ b/rpmio/rpmmalloc.c
@@ -19,16 +19,14 @@
 
 #if !(HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
 
-/*@only@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)
+/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)
 {
     register void *value;
     if (size == 0) size++;
     value = malloc (size);
     if (value == 0)
 	value = vmefail(size);
-    /*@-compdef@*/
     return value;
-    /*@=compdef@*/
 }
 
 /*@only@*/ void * xcalloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
diff --git a/rpmio/tdigest.c b/rpmio/tdigest.c
index 411b9c772..92767fe1a 100644
--- a/rpmio/tdigest.c
+++ b/rpmio/tdigest.c
@@ -1,16 +1,27 @@
+#define	ENABLE_BEECRYPT	1
+
 #include "system.h"
 #include "rpmio_internal.h"
 #include "popt.h"
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+#define	BEEDLLAPI
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+#include "beecrypt.h"
+#include "md5.h"
+#include "fips180.h"
+#include "sha256.h"
+#endif
 #include "debug.h"
 
+
 static rpmDigestFlags flags = RPMDIGEST_MD5;
 extern int _rpmio_debug;
 
 static int fips = 0;
 
-const char * adigest = "a9993e364706816aba3e25717850c26c9cd0d89d";
-const char * bdigest = "84983e441c3bd26ebaae4aa1f95129e5e54670f1";
-const char * cdigest = "34aa973cd4c4daa4f61eeb2bdbad27316534016f";
+const char * FIPSAdigest = "a9993e364706816aba3e25717850c26c9cd0d89d";
+const char * FIPSBdigest = "84983e441c3bd26ebaae4aa1f95129e5e54670f1";
+const char * FIPSCdigest = "34aa973cd4c4daa4f61eeb2bdbad27316534016f";
 
 static struct poptOption optionsTable[] = {
  { "md5", '\0', POPT_BIT_SET, 	&flags, RPMDIGEST_MD5,	NULL, NULL },
@@ -45,6 +56,14 @@ main(int argc, const char *argv[])
     int rc;
     char appendix;
     int i;
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+    sha1Param sparam;
+    md5Param mparam;
+    uint32 bdigest[5];
+
+    memset(&sparam, 0, sizeof(sparam));
+    memset(&mparam, 0, sizeof(mparam));
+#endif
 
     optCon = poptGetContext(argv[0], argc, argv, optionsTable, 0);
     while ((rc = poptGetNextOpt(optCon)) > 0)
@@ -55,6 +74,9 @@ main(int argc, const char *argv[])
     if (fips) {
 	flags &= ~RPMDIGEST_MD5;
 	flags |= RPMDIGEST_SHA1;
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	(void) sha1Reset(&sparam);
+#endif
 	ctx = rpmDigestInit(flags);
 	ifn = NULL;
 	appendix = ' ';
@@ -62,26 +84,39 @@ main(int argc, const char *argv[])
 	switch (fips) {
 	case 1:
 	    ifn = "abc";
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	    (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) ifn, strlen(ifn));
+#endif
 	    rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, ifn, strlen(ifn));
-	    sdigest = adigest;
+	    sdigest = FIPSAdigest;
 	    appendix = 'A';
 	    break;
 	case 2:
 	    ifn = "abcdbcdecdefdefgefghfghighijhijkijkljklmklmnlmnomnopnopq";
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	    (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) ifn, strlen(ifn));
+#endif
 	    rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, ifn, strlen(ifn));
-	    sdigest = bdigest;
+	    sdigest = FIPSBdigest;
 	    appendix = 'B';
 	    break;
 	case 3:
 	    ifn = "aaaaaaaaaaa ...";
-	    for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++)
+	    for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++) {
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+		(void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) ifn, 1);
+#endif
 		rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, ifn, 1);
-	    sdigest = cdigest;
+	    }
+	    sdigest = FIPSCdigest;
 	    appendix = 'C';
 	    break;
 	}
 	if (ifn == NULL)
 	    return 1;
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	(void) sha1Digest(&sparam, bdigest);
+#endif
 	rpmDigestFinal(ctx, (void **)&digest, &digestlen, asAscii);
 
 	if (digest) {
@@ -89,6 +124,11 @@ main(int argc, const char *argv[])
 	    fflush(stdout);
 	    free((void *)digest);
 	}
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+	    fprintf(stdout, "%08x", bdigest[i]);
+	fprintf(stdout, "     BeeCrypt\n");
+#endif
 	if (sdigest) {
 	    fprintf(stdout, "%s     FIPS PUB 180-1 Appendix %c\n", sdigest,
 		appendix);
@@ -145,9 +185,19 @@ main(int argc, const char *argv[])
 	odigest = NULL;
 	(flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1) ? fdInitSHA1(ofd, reverse) : fdInitMD5(ofd, reverse);
 
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	(flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1)
+	    ? (void) sha1Reset(&sparam)
+	    : (void) md5Reset(&mparam);
+#endif
 	ctx = rpmDigestInit(flags);
 
 	while ((nb = Fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), ifd)) > 0) {
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	    (flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1)
+		? (void) sha1Update(&sparam, (const unsigned char*) buf, nb)
+		: (void) md5Update(&mparam, (const unsigned char*) buf, nb);
+#endif
 	    rpmDigestUpdate(ctx, buf, nb);
 	    (void) Fwrite(buf, 1, nb, ofd);
 	}
@@ -163,10 +213,22 @@ main(int argc, const char *argv[])
 	    : fdFiniMD5(ofd, (void **)&odigest, NULL, asAscii);
 	Fclose(ofd);
 
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	(flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1)
+	    ? (void) sha1Digest(&sparam, bdigest)
+	    : (void) md5Digest(&mparam, bdigest);
+#endif
 	rpmDigestFinal(ctx, (void **)&digest, &digestlen, asAscii);
 
 	if (digest) {
 	    fprintf(stdout, "%s     %s\n", digest, ifn);
+#ifdef	ENABLE_BEECRYPT
+	    {   int imax = (flags & RPMDIGEST_SHA1) ? 5 : 4;
+		for (i = 0; i < imax; i++)
+		    fprintf(stdout, "%08x", bdigest[i]);
+	    }
+	    fprintf(stdout, "     BeeCrypt\n");
+#endif
 	    fflush(stdout);
 	    free((void *)digest);
 	}
diff --git a/rpmio/url.c b/rpmio/url.c
index 3e6c0aa05..3d21adb8a 100644
--- a/rpmio/url.c
+++ b/rpmio/url.c
@@ -4,9 +4,7 @@
 
 #include "system.h"
 
-#if !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #include <netinet/in.h>
-#endif	/* __LCLINT__ */
 
 #include <rpmmacro.h>
 #include <rpmmessages.h>
diff --git a/rpmqv.c b/rpmqv.c
index 15c684808..bfc0fba2d 100755
--- a/rpmqv.c
+++ b/rpmqv.c
@@ -1033,7 +1033,8 @@ int main(int argc, const char ** argv)
 	    ia->relocations = xmalloc(2 * sizeof(*ia->relocations));
 	    ia->relocations[0].oldPath = NULL;   /* special case magic */
 	    ia->relocations[0].newPath = ia->prefix;
-	    ia->relocations[1].oldPath = ia->relocations[1].newPath = NULL;
+	    ia->relocations[1].oldPath = NULL;
+	    ia->relocations[1].newPath = NULL;
 	} else if (ia->relocations) {
 	    ia->relocations = xrealloc(ia->relocations, 
 			sizeof(*ia->relocations) * (ia->numRelocations + 1));
diff --git a/system.h b/system.h
index 83495735a..0e9fe6c25 100644
--- a/system.h
+++ b/system.h
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 extern time_t timezone;
 #endif
 
-#ifdef	__LCLINT__
+#if defined(__LCLINT__)
 typedef	unsigned int u_int32_t;
 typedef	unsigned short u_int16_t;
 typedef	unsigned char u_int8_t;
@@ -89,13 +89,15 @@ char *memchr ();
 
 #if !defined(HAVE_STPCPY) || defined(__LCLINT__)
 /*@-declundef@*/
-char * stpcpy(char * dest, const char * src)	/*@modifies *dest @*/;
+char * stpcpy(/*@out@*/ char * dest, const char * src)
+	/*@modifies *dest @*/;
 /*@=declundef@*/
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(HAVE_STPNCPY) || defined(__LCLINT__)
 /*@-declundef@*/
-char * stpncpy(char * dest, const char * src, size_t n)	/*@modifies *dest @*/;
+char * stpncpy(/*@out@*/ char * dest, const char * src, size_t n)
+	/*@modifies *dest @*/;
 /*@=declundef@*/
 #endif
 
@@ -212,26 +214,45 @@ char *alloca ();
 #endif
 
 /*@-declundef@*/
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)			/*@*/;
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xcalloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size)	/*@*/;
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xrealloc (/*@only@*//*@null@*/ void * ptr,
-					size_t size) /*@*/;
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)		/*@*/;
+/**
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ /*@out@*/ void * xmalloc (size_t size)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/**
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xcalloc (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/**
+ * @todo Annotate ptr with returned/out.
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ void * xrealloc (/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/ void * ptr,
+					size_t size)
+	/*@modifies *ptr @*/;
+
+/**
+ */
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)
+	/*@*/;
 /*@=declundef@*/
-/*@unused@*/ /*@exits@*/ /*@only@*/ void * vmefail(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ */
+/*@unused@*/ /*@exits@*/ /*@only@*/ void * vmefail(size_t size)
+	/*@*/;
 
 #if HAVE_MCHECK_H
 #include <mcheck.h>
-#endif
-
 
 /* Memory allocation via macro defs to get meaningful locations from mtrace() */
-#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
 #define	xmalloc(_size) 		(malloc(_size) ? : vmefail(_size))
 #define	xcalloc(_nmemb, _size)	(calloc((_nmemb), (_size)) ? : vmefail(_size))
 #define	xrealloc(_ptr, _size)	(realloc((_ptr), (_size)) ? : vmefail(_size))
 #define	xstrdup(_str)	(strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail(strlen(_str)+1)), (_str)))
-#endif	/* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
+#endif	/* defined(__GNUC__) */
+#endif	/* HAVE_MCHECK_H */
 
 /* Retrofit glibc __progname */
 #if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
@@ -249,9 +270,7 @@ char *alloca ();
 const char *__progname;
 
 #if HAVE_NETDB_H
-#ifndef __LCLINT__
 #include <netdb.h>
-#endif	/* __LCLINT__ */
 #endif
 
 #if HAVE_PWD_H
@@ -329,9 +348,7 @@ extern void unsetenv(const char *name);
 
 #if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#ifndef	__LCLINT__
 #include <sys/socket.h>
-#endif	/* __LCLINT__ */
 #endif
 
 #if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
author	jbj <devnull@localhost>	2001-09-24 21:53:14 +0000
committer	jbj <devnull@localhost>	2001-09-24 21:53:14 +0000
commit	9d555b6216692deeb97eb821e42716a7cd529ae0 (patch)
tree	047af9e929f71681dbdf00af8d7b3bbe23cbfcc1
parent	76b20cd2f4ebd499766aec27f62089690ac1d073 (diff)
download	rpm-9d555b6216692deeb97eb821e42716a7cd529ae0.tar.gz